212 files changed, 2725 insertions, 1091 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index dd10b51b4e65..5405f7aecefc 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -32,8 +32,6 @@ DocBook/
        - directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
 HOWTO
        - the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development.
-IO-mapping.txt
-        - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
 IPMI.txt
        - info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
 IRQ-affinity.txt
@@ -84,6 +82,8 @@ blockdev/
        - info on block devices & drivers
 btmrvl.txt
        - info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
+bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
+        - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
 cachetlb.txt
        - describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
 cdrom/
@@ -168,6 +168,8 @@ initrd.txt
        - how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem.
 input/
        - info on Linux input device support.
+io-mapping.txt
+        - description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
 io_ordering.txt
        - info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
 ioctl/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6546115a94da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io}
+Date:           July 2010
+Contact:        Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
+Description:
+General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
+the global lock should get used.
+Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
+The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
+should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
+or writing to them.
+CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e6a92a02d85..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-What:           /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
-Date:           July 2008
-Contact:        Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
-Description:
-In kmemtrace-enabled kernels, the following files are created:
-/sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
-        cpu<n>          (0400)  Per-CPU tracing data, see below. (binary)
-        total_overruns  (0400)  Total number of bytes which were dropped from
-                                cpu<n> files because of full buffer condition,
-                                non-binary. (text)
-        abi_version     (0400)  Kernel's kmemtrace ABI version. (text)
-Each per-CPU file should be read according to the relay interface. That is,
-the reader should set affinity to that specific CPU and, as currently done by
-the userspace application (though there are other methods), use poll() with
-an infinite timeout before every read(). Otherwise, erroneous data may be
-read. The binary data has the following _core_ format:
-        Event ID        (1 byte)        Unsigned integer, one of:
-                0 - represents an allocation (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC)
-                1 - represents a freeing of previously allocated memory
-                    (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_FREE)
-        Type ID         (1 byte)        Unsigned integer, one of:
-                0 - this is a kmalloc() / kfree()
-                1 - this is a kmem_cache_alloc() / kmem_cache_free()
-                2 - this is a __get_free_pages() et al.
-        Event size      (2 bytes)       Unsigned integer representing the
-                                        size of this event. Used to extend
-                                        kmemtrace. Discard the bytes you
-                                        don't know about.
-        Sequence number (4 bytes)       Signed integer used to reorder data
-                                        logged on SMP machines. Wraparound
-                                        must be taken into account, although
-                                        it is unlikely.
-        Caller address  (8 bytes)       Return address to the caller.
-        Pointer to mem  (8 bytes)       Pointer to target memory area. Can be
-                                        NULL, but not all such calls might be
-                                        recorded.
-In case of KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC events, the next fields follow:
-        Requested bytes (8 bytes)       Total number of requested bytes,
-                                        unsigned, must not be zero.
-        Allocated bytes (8 bytes)       Total number of actually allocated
-                                        bytes, unsigned, must not be lower
-                                        than requested bytes.
-        Requested flags (4 bytes)       GFP flags supplied by the caller.
-        Target CPU      (4 bytes)       Signed integer, valid for event id 1.
-                                        If equal to -1, target CPU is the same
-                                        as origin CPU, but the reverse might
-                                        not be true.
-The data is made available in the same endianness the machine has.
-Other event ids and type ids may be defined and added. Other fields may be
-added by increasing event size, but see below for details.
-Every modification to the ABI, including new id definitions, are followed
-by bumping the ABI version by one.
-Adding new data to the packet (features) is done at the end of the mandatory
-data:
-        Feature size    (2 byte)
-        Feature ID      (1 byte)
-        Feature data    (Feature size - 3 bytes)
-Users:
-        kmemtrace-user - git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 25be3250f7d6..f979d825d112 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -139,3 +139,30 @@ Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
                This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
                module that manages the hotplug slot.
+What:           /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label
+Date:           July 2010
+Contact:        Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+                Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+                given name(SMBIOS type 41 string) of the PCI device.
+                The attribute will be created only if the firmware
+                has given a name to the PCI device.
+Users:
+                Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+                firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
+What:           /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index
+Date:           July 2010
+Contact:        Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+                Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+                given instance(SMBIOS type 41 device type instance)
+                of the PCI device. The attribute will be created
+                only if the firmware has given a device type instance
+                to the PCI device.
+Users:
+                Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+                firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
+                device that can help in understanding the firmware
+                intended order of the PCI device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
index aba7d989208c..7405de26ee60 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description:
                added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
                operations.
 Users:          hotplug memory add/remove tools
-                https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+                http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
 What:           /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
 Date:           June 2008
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Description:
                identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
                potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
 Users:          hotplug memory remove tools
-                https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+                http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils    
 What:           /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
 Date:           September 2008
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Description:
                by root to offline that section.
                # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
 Users:          hotplug memory remove tools
-                https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+                http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
 What:           /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 84a710f87c64..7564e88bfa43 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Description:	These files exist in every cpu's cache index directories.
                Currently, only AMD Family 10h Processors support cache index
                disable, and only for their L3 caches.  See the BIOS and
                Kernel Developer's Guide at
-                http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3.20_2-4-09.pdf
+                http://support.amd.com/us/Embedded_TechDocs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3-28_5-28-09.pdf       
                for formatting information and other details on the
                cache index disable.
 Users:    joachim.deguara@amd.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
index 88340a23ce91..063bda7fe707 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -33,19 +33,6 @@ Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
                left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
                This file is readonly.
-What:           /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/kone_driver_version
-Date:           March 2010
-Contact:        Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:    When read, this file returns the driver version.
-                The format of the string is "v<major>.<minor>.<patchlevel>".
-                This attribute is used by the userland tools to find the sysfs-
-                paths of installed kone-mice and determine the capabilites of
-                the driver. Versions of this driver for old kernels replace
-                usbhid instead of generic-usb. The way to scan for this file
-                has been chosen to provide a consistent way for all supported
-                kernel versions.
-                This file is readonly.
 What:           /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/profile[1-5]
 Date:           March 2010
 Contact:        Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
index d6a801f45b48..2875f1f74a07 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -114,3 +114,18 @@ Description:
                if this file contains "1", which is the default.  It may be
                disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices
                will be suspended and resumed synchronously.
+What:           /sys/power/wakeup_count
+Date:           July 2010
+Contact:        Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+                The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the
+                system into a sleep state while taking into account the
+                concurrent arrival of wakeup events.  Reading from it returns
+                the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if
+                some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is
+                read from.  Writing to it will only succeed if the current
+                number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if
+                successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition
+                to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the
+                write has returned.
diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes
index eca9f6e6fbe6..4fb88f15f2ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/Changes
+++ b/Documentation/Changes
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ o  <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/modules/>
 Mkinitrd
 --------
-o  <ftp://rawhide.redhat.com/pub/rawhide/SRPMS/SRPMS/>
+o  <https://code.launchpad.net/initrd-tools/main>
 E2fsprogs
 ---------
@@ -343,11 +343,11 @@ o  <http://jfs.sourceforge.net/>
 Reiserfsprogs
 -------------
-o  <http://www.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs/reiserfsprogs-3.6.3.tar.gz>
+o  <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/reiserfs/>
 Xfsprogs
 --------
-o  <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/download/>
+o  <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/>
 Pcmciautils
 -----------
@@ -387,18 +387,18 @@ o <http://sourceforge.net/projects/fuse>
 mcelog
 ------
-o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/mcelog/>
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/>
 Networking
 **********
 PPP
 ---
-o  <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/ppp-2.4.0.tar.gz>
+o  <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/>
 Isdn4k-utils
 ------------
-o  <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/isdn4k-utils.v3.1pre1.tar.gz>
+o  <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/>
 NFS-utils
 ---------
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
index 1b2dd4fc3db2..ecd35e9d4410 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
@@ -111,6 +111,7 @@ X!Edrivers/base/attribute_container.c
 <!--
 X!Edrivers/base/interface.c
 -->
+!Iinclude/linux/platform_device.h
 !Edrivers/base/platform.c
 !Edrivers/base/bus.c
     </sect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
index 63c528fee624..e3a97fdd62a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
@@ -12,10 +12,12 @@
 <othername role="mi">O. C.</othername>
 <affiliation><address><email>rjkm@metzlerbros.de</email></address></affiliation>
 </author>
+</authorgroup>
+<authorgroup>
 <author>
 <firstname>Mauro</firstname>
-<surname>Chehab</surname>
 <othername role="mi">Carvalho</othername>
+<surname>Chehab</surname>
 <affiliation><address><email>mchehab@redhat.com</email></address></affiliation>
 <contrib>Ported document to Docbook XML.</contrib>
 </author>
@@ -23,13 +25,24 @@
 <copyright>
        <year>2002</year>
        <year>2003</year>
-        <year>2009</year>
        <holder>Convergence GmbH</holder>
 </copyright>
+<copyright>
+        <year>2009-2010</year>
+        <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
+</copyright>
 <revhistory>
 <!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
 <revision>
+        <revnumber>2.0.3</revnumber>
+        <date>2010-07-03</date>
+        <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+        <revremark>
+                Add some frontend capabilities flags, present on kernel, but missing at the specs.
+        </revremark>
+</revision>
+<revision>
        <revnumber>2.0.2</revnumber>
        <date>2009-10-25</date>
        <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
@@ -63,7 +76,7 @@ Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher
 <title>LINUX DVB API</title>
-<subtitle>Version 3</subtitle>
+<subtitle>Version 5.2</subtitle>
 <!-- ADD THE CHAPTERS HERE -->
  <chapter id="dvb_introdution">
    &sub-intro;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
index b99644f5340a..d08e0d401418 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ typedef enum fe_caps {
        FE_CAN_8VSB                     = 0x200000,
        FE_CAN_16VSB                    = 0x400000,
        FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS            = 0x800000,   /* We need more bitspace for newer APIs, indicate this. */
+        FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC                = 0x8000000,  /* frontend supports "turbo fec modulation" */
        FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION            = 0x10000000, /* frontend supports "2nd generation modulation" (DVB-S2) */
        FE_NEEDS_BENDING                = 0x20000000, /* not supported anymore, don't use (frontend requires frequency bending) */
        FE_CAN_RECOVER                  = 0x40000000, /* frontend can recover from a cable unplug automatically */
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
index 300ba1f04177..78d756de5906 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -64,8 +64,14 @@ a specific frontend type.</para>
        FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO         = 0x40000,
        FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO    = 0x80000,
        FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO         = 0x100000,
-        FE_CAN_MUTE_TS                = 0x80000000,
+        FE_CAN_8VSB                   = 0x200000,
-        FE_CAN_CLEAN_SETUP            = 0x40000000
+        FE_CAN_16VSB                  = 0x400000,
+        FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS          = 0x800000,
+        FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC              = 0x8000000,
+        FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION          = 0x10000000,
+        FE_NEEDS_BENDING              = 0x20000000,
+        FE_CAN_RECOVER                = 0x40000000,
+        FE_CAN_MUTE_TS                = 0x80000000
        } fe_caps_t;
 </programlisting>
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
index 55f12ac37acd..490d862c5f0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
@@ -199,10 +199,33 @@
   may be configured as a kernel built-in or a kernel loadable module.
   You can only make use of <constant>kgdbwait</constant> and early
   debugging if you build kgdboc into the kernel as a built-in.
+   <para>Optionally you can elect to activate kms (Kernel Mode
+   Setting) integration.  When you use kms with kgdboc and you have a
+   video driver that has atomic mode setting hooks, it is possible to
+   enter the debugger on the graphics console.  When the kernel
+   execution is resumed, the previous graphics mode will be restored.
+   This integration can serve as a useful tool to aid in diagnosing
+   crashes or doing analysis of memory with kdb while allowing the
+   full graphics console applications to run.
+   </para>
   </para>
   <sect2 id="kgdbocArgs">
   <title>kgdboc arguments</title>
-   <para>Usage: <constant>kgdboc=[kbd][[,]serial_device][,baud]</constant></para>
+   <para>Usage: <constant>kgdboc=[kms][[,]kbd][[,]serial_device][,baud]</constant></para>
+   <para>The order listed above must be observed if you use any of the
+   optional configurations together.
+   </para>
+   <para>Abbreviations:
+   <itemizedlist>
+   <listitem><para>kms = Kernel Mode Setting</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>kbd = Keyboard</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+   </para>
+   <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial
+   device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
+   following scenarios.  The order listed above must be observed if
+   you use any of the optional configurations together.  Using kms +
+   only gdb is generally not a useful combination.</para>
   <sect3 id="kgdbocArgs1">
   <title>Using loadable module or built-in</title>
   <para>
@@ -212,7 +235,7 @@
   <listitem>
   <para>As a kernel loadable module:</para>
   <para>Use the command: <constant>modprobe kgdboc kgdboc=&lt;tty-device&gt;,[baud]</constant></para>
-   <para>Here are two examples of how you might formate the kgdboc
+   <para>Here are two examples of how you might format the kgdboc
   string. The first is for an x86 target using the first serial port.
   The second example is for the ARM Versatile AB using the second
   serial port.
@@ -240,6 +263,9 @@
   </sect3>
   <sect3 id="kgdbocArgs3">
   <title>More examples</title>
+   <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial
+   device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
+   following scenarios.</para>
   <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial device
   depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
   following scenarios.
@@ -255,6 +281,12 @@
   <listitem><para>kdb with a keyboard</para>
   <para><constant>kgdboc=kbd</constant></para>
   </listitem>
+   <listitem><para>kdb with kernel mode setting</para>
+   <para><constant>kgdboc=kms,kbd</constant></para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem><para>kdb with kernel mode setting and kgdb over a serial port</para>
+   <para><constant>kgdboc=kms,kbd,ttyS0,115200</constant></para>
+   </listitem>
   </orderedlist>
   </para>
   </sect3>
@@ -637,6 +669,8 @@ Task Addr       Pid   Parent [*] cpu State Thread     Command
      <listitem><para>The logic to perform safe memory reads and writes to memory while using the debugger</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>A full implementation for software breakpoints unless overridden by the arch</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>The API to invoke either the kdb or kgdb frontend to the debug core.</para></listitem>
+      <listitem><para>The structures and callback API for atomic kernel mode setting.</para>
+      <para>NOTE: kgdboc is where the kms callbacks are invoked.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      </para>
      </listitem>
@@ -747,6 +781,8 @@ Task Addr       Pid   Parent [*] cpu State Thread     Command
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="kgdbocDesign">
  <title>kgdboc internals</title>
+  <sect2>
+  <title>kgdboc and uarts</title>
  <para>
  The kgdboc driver is actually a very thin driver that relies on the
  underlying low level to the hardware driver having "polling hooks"
@@ -754,11 +790,8 @@ Task Addr       Pid   Parent [*] cpu State Thread     Command
  implementation of kgdboc it the serial_core was changed to expose a
  low level UART hook for doing polled mode reading and writing of a
  single character while in an atomic context.  When kgdb makes an I/O
-  request to the debugger, kgdboc invokes a call back in the serial
+  request to the debugger, kgdboc invokes a callback in the serial
-  core which in turn uses the call back in the UART driver.  It is
+  core which in turn uses the callback in the UART driver.</para>
-  certainly possible to extend kgdboc to work with non-UART based
-  consoles in the future.
-  </para>
  <para>
  When using kgdboc with a UART, the UART driver must implement two callbacks in the <constant>struct uart_ops</constant>. Example from drivers/8250.c:<programlisting>
 #ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_POLL
@@ -772,9 +805,68 @@ Task Addr       Pid   Parent [*] cpu State Thread     Command
  that they can be called from an atomic context and have to restore
  the state of the UART chip on return such that the system can return
  to normal when the debugger detaches.  You need to be very careful
-  with any kind of lock you consider, because failing here is most
+  with any kind of lock you consider, because failing here is most likely
  going to mean pressing the reset button.
  </para>
+  </sect2>
+  <sect2 id="kgdbocKbd">
+  <title>kgdboc and keyboards</title>
+  <para>The kgdboc driver contains logic to configure communications
+  with an attached keyboard.  The keyboard infrastructure is only
+  compiled into the kernel when CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD=y is set in the
+  kernel configuration.</para>
+  <para>The core polled keyboard driver driver for PS/2 type keyboards
+  is in drivers/char/kdb_keyboard.c.  This driver is hooked into the
+  debug core when kgdboc populates the callback in the array
+  called <constant>kdb_poll_funcs[]</constant>.  The
+  kdb_get_kbd_char() is the top-level function which polls hardware
+  for single character input.
+  </para>
+  </sect2>
+  <sect2 id="kgdbocKms">
+  <title>kgdboc and kms</title>
+  <para>The kgdboc driver contains logic to request the graphics
+  display to switch to a text context when you are using
+  "kgdboc=kms,kbd", provided that you have a video driver which has a
+  frame buffer console and atomic kernel mode setting support.</para>
+  <para>
+  Every time the kernel
+  debugger is entered it calls kgdboc_pre_exp_handler() which in turn
+  calls con_debug_enter() in the virtual console layer.  On resuming kernel
+  execution, the kernel debugger calls kgdboc_post_exp_handler() which
+  in turn calls con_debug_leave().</para>
+  <para>Any video driver that wants to be compatible with the kernel
+  debugger and the atomic kms callbacks must implement the
+  mode_set_base_atomic, fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave operations.
+  For the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave the option exists to use
+  the generic drm fb helper functions or implement something custom for
+  the hardware.  The following example shows the initialization of the
+  .mode_set_base_atomic operation in
+  drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c:
+  <informalexample>
+  <programlisting>
+static const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs intel_helper_funcs = {
+[...]
+        .mode_set_base_atomic = intel_pipe_set_base_atomic,
+[...]
+};
+  </programlisting>
+  </informalexample>
+  </para>
+  <para>Here is an example of how the i915 driver initializes the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave functions to use the generic drm helpers in
+  drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fb.c:
+  <informalexample>
+  <programlisting>
+static struct fb_ops intelfb_ops = {
+[...]
+       .fb_debug_enter = drm_fb_helper_debug_enter,
+       .fb_debug_leave = drm_fb_helper_debug_leave,
+[...]
+};
+  </programlisting>
+  </informalexample>
+  </para>
+  </sect2>
  </sect1>
  </chapter>
  <chapter id="credits">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
index 5d4d40f429a5..6ae97157b1c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
@@ -218,6 +218,7 @@
 <!ENTITY sub-dev-teletext SYSTEM "v4l/dev-teletext.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-driver SYSTEM "v4l/driver.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-libv4l SYSTEM "v4l/libv4l.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-lirc_device_interface SYSTEM "v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-remote_controllers SYSTEM "v4l/remote_controllers.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-fdl-appendix SYSTEM "v4l/fdl-appendix.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-close SYSTEM "v4l/func-close.xml">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
index eea564bb12cb..f11048d4053f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 <title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title>
 <copyright>
-        <year>2009</year>
+        <year>2009-2010</year>
        <holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder>
 </copyright>
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
                in fact it covers several different video standards including
                DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated
                to documment support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para>
-        <para>The third part covers other API's used by all media infrastructure devices</para>
+        <para>The third part covers Remote Controller API</para>
        <para>For additional information and for the latest development code,
                see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para>
        <para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para>
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
 </author>
 </authorgroup>
 <copyright>
-        <year>2009</year>
+        <year>2009-2010</year>
        <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
 </copyright>
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
 </revhistory>
 </partinfo>
-<title>Other API's used by media infrastructure drivers</title>
+<title>Remote Controller API</title>
 <chapter id="remote_controllers">
 &sub-remote_controllers;
 </chapter>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
index d87f4569e768..324b53494f08 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
        </para>
        <para>
          For documentation see
-          <ulink url='http://www.torque.net/sg/sdebug26.html'>http://www.torque.net/sg/sdebug26.html</ulink>
+          <ulink url='http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sdebug26.html'>http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sdebug26.html</ulink>
        </para>
 <!-- !Edrivers/scsi/scsi_debug.c -->
      </sect2>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
index 254c1d5d2e50..85b25275196f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
@@ -6,4 +6,5 @@
 <param name="callout.graphics">0</param>
 <!-- <param name="paper.type">A4</param> -->
 <param name="generate.section.toc.level">2</param>
+<param name="use.id.as.filename">1</param>
 </stylesheet>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
index b42b935913cd..54447f0d0784 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -1091,8 +1091,9 @@ signed 64-bit integer. Output devices should not send a buffer out
 until the time in the timestamp field has arrived. I would like to
 follow SGI's lead, and adopt a multimedia timestamping system like
 their UST (Unadjusted System Time). See
-http://reality.sgi.com/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html. [This link is
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://reality.sgi.com
-no longer valid.] UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers
+/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html. 
+UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers
 (not struct timeval's) and given in nanosecond units. The UST clock
 starts at zero when the system is booted and runs continuously and
 uniformly. It takes a little over 292 years for UST to overflow. There
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
index b6ce50dbe492..ae22394ba997 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
     The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
     Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu>
     Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
-     http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
+     http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject
     Version: 1.0.1
     Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
 -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0413234023d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+<section id="lirc_dev">
+<title>LIRC Device Interface</title>
+<section id="lirc_dev_intro">
+<title>Introduction</title>
+<para>The LIRC device interface is a bi-directional interface for
+transporting raw IR data between userspace and kernelspace. Fundamentally,
+it is just a chardev (/dev/lircX, for X = 0, 1, 2, ...), with a number
+of standard struct file_operations defined on it. With respect to
+transporting raw IR data to and fro, the essential fops are read, write
+and ioctl.</para>
+<para>Example dmesg output upon a driver registering w/LIRC:</para>
+  <blockquote>
+    <para>$ dmesg |grep lirc_dev</para>
+    <para>lirc_dev: IR Remote Control driver registered, major 248</para>
+    <para>rc rc0: lirc_dev: driver ir-lirc-codec (mceusb) registered at minor = 0</para>
+  </blockquote>
+<para>What you should see for a chardev:</para>
+  <blockquote>
+    <para>$ ls -l /dev/lirc*</para>
+    <para>crw-rw---- 1 root root 248, 0 Jul  2 22:20 /dev/lirc0</para>
+  </blockquote>
+</section>
+<section id="lirc_read">
+<title>LIRC read fop</title>
+<para>The lircd userspace daemon reads raw IR data from the LIRC chardev. The
+exact format of the data depends on what modes a driver supports, and what
+mode has been selected. lircd obtains supported modes and sets the active mode
+via the ioctl interface, detailed at <xref linkend="lirc_ioctl"/>. The generally
+preferred mode is LIRC_MODE_MODE2, in which packets containing an int value
+describing an IR signal are read from the chardev.</para>
+<para>See also <ulink url="http://www.lirc.org/html/technical.html">http://www.lirc.org/html/technical.html</ulink> for more info.</para>
+</section>
+<section id="lirc_write">
+<title>LIRC write fop</title>
+<para>The data written to the chardev is a pulse/space sequence of integer
+values. Pulses and spaces are only marked implicitly by their position. The
+data must start and end with a pulse, therefore, the data must always include
+an unevent number of samples. The write function must block until the data has
+been transmitted by the hardware.</para>
+</section>
+<section id="lirc_ioctl">
+<title>LIRC ioctl fop</title>
+<para>The LIRC device's ioctl definition is bound by the ioctl function
+definition of struct file_operations, leaving us with an unsigned int
+for the ioctl command and an unsigned long for the arg. For the purposes
+of ioctl portability across 32-bit and 64-bit, these values are capped
+to their 32-bit sizes.</para>
+<para>The following ioctls can be used to change specific hardware settings.
+In general each driver should have a default set of settings. The driver
+implementation is expected to re-apply the default settings when the device
+is closed by user-space, so that every application opening the device can rely
+on working with the default settings initially.</para>
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_FEATURES</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Obviously, get the underlying hardware device's features. If a driver
+      does not announce support of certain features, calling of the corresponding
+      ioctls is undefined.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_SEND_MODE</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Get supported transmit mode. Only LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported by lircd.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_REC_MODE</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Get supported receive modes. Only LIRC_MODE_MODE2 and LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE
+      are supported by lircd.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_SEND_CARRIER</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for transmit.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_REC_CARRIER</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for IR reception.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_{G,S}ET_{SEND,REC}_DUTY_CYCLE</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Get/set the duty cycle (from 0 to 100) of the carrier signal. Currently,
+      no special meaning is defined for 0 or 100, but this could be used to switch
+      off carrier generation in the future, so these values should be reserved.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_REC_RESOLUTION</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Some receiver have maximum resolution which is defined by internal
+      sample rate or data format limitations. E.g. it's common that signals can
+      only be reported in 50 microsecond steps. This integer value is used by
+      lircd to automatically adjust the aeps tolerance value in the lircd
+      config file.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_TIMEOUT</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Some devices have internal timers that can be used to detect when
+      there's no IR activity for a long time. This can help lircd in detecting
+      that a IR signal is finished and can speed up the decoding process.
+      Returns an integer value with the minimum/maximum timeout that can be
+      set. Some devices have a fixed timeout, in that case both ioctls will
+      return the same value even though the timeout cannot be changed.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_FILTER_{PULSE,SPACE}</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Some devices are able to filter out spikes in the incoming signal
+      using given filter rules. These ioctls return the hardware capabilities
+      that describe the bounds of the possible filters. Filter settings depend
+      on the IR protocols that are expected. lircd derives the settings from
+      all protocols definitions found in its config file.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_GET_LENGTH</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Retrieves the code length in bits (only for LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE).
+      Reads on the device must be done in blocks matching the bit count.
+      The bit could should be rounded up so that it matches full bytes.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_MODE</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Set send/receive mode. Largely obsolete for send, as only
+      LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_CARRIER</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Set send/receive carrier (in Hz).</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>This enables the given set of transmitters. The first transmitter
+      is encoded by the least significant bit, etc. When an invalid bit mask
+      is given, i.e. a bit is set, even though the device does not have so many
+      transitters, then this ioctl returns the number of available transitters
+      and does nothing otherwise.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sets the integer value for IR inactivity timeout (cf.
+      LIRC_GET_MIN_TIMEOUT and LIRC_GET_MAX_TIMEOUT). A value of 0 (if
+      supported by the hardware) disables all hardware timeouts and data should
+      be reported as soon as possible. If the exact value cannot be set, then
+      the next possible value _greater_ than the given value should be set.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT_REPORTS</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Enable (1) or disable (0) timeout reports in LIRC_MODE_MODE2. By
+      default, timeout reports should be turned off.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER_{,PULSE,SPACE}</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Pulses/spaces shorter than this are filtered out by hardware. If
+      filters cannot be set independently for pulse/space, the corresponding
+      ioctls must return an error and LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER shall be used instead.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_MEASURE_CARRIER_MODE</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Enable (1)/disable (0) measure mode. If enabled, from the next key
+      press on, the driver will send LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY packets. By default
+      this should be turned off.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SET_REC_{DUTY_CYCLE,CARRIER}_RANGE</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>To set a range use LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE
+      with the lower bound first and later LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER
+      with the upper bound.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_NOTIFY_DECODE</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>This ioctl is called by lircd whenever a successful decoding of an
+      incoming IR signal could be done. This can be used by supporting hardware
+      to give visual feedback to the user e.g. by flashing a LED.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>LIRC_SETUP_{START,END}</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Setting of several driver parameters can be optimized by encapsulating
+      the according ioctl calls with LIRC_SETUP_START/LIRC_SETUP_END. When a
+      driver receives a LIRC_SETUP_START ioctl it can choose to not commit
+      further setting changes to the hardware until a LIRC_SETUP_END is received.
+      But this is open to the driver implementation and every driver must also
+      handle parameter changes which are not encapsulated by LIRC_SETUP_START
+      and LIRC_SETUP_END. Drivers can also choose to ignore these ioctls.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</section>
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
index 73f5eab091f4..3c3b667b28e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
@@ -173,3 +173,5 @@ keymapping.</para>
 <para>This program demonstrates how to replace the keymap tables.</para>
 &sub-keytable-c;
 </section>
+&sub-lirc_device_interface;
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO
index 40ada93b820a..365bda9a0d94 100644
--- a/Documentation/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/HOWTO
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ apply a patch.
 If you do not know where you want to start, but you want to look for
 some task to start doing to join into the kernel development community,
 go to the Linux Kernel Janitor's project:
-        http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+        http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors 
 It is a great place to start.  It describes a list of relatively simple
 problems that need to be cleaned up and fixed within the Linux kernel
 source tree.  Working with the developers in charge of this project, you
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ process is tracked with the tool patchwork.  Patchwork offers a web
 interface which shows patch postings, any comments on a patch or
 revisions to it, and maintainers can mark patches as under review,
 accepted, or rejected.  Most of these patchwork sites are listed at
-http://patchwork.kernel.org/ or http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/.
+http://patchwork.kernel.org/.
 2.6.x -next kernel tree for integration tests
 ---------------------------------------------
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ start exactly where you are now.
 ----------
 Thanks to Paolo Ciarrocchi who allowed the "Development Process"
-(http://linux.tar.bz/articles/2.6-development_process) section
+(http://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) section
 to be based on text he had written, and to Randy Dunlap and Gerrit
 Huizenga for some of the list of things you should and should not say.
 Also thanks to Pat Mochel, Hanna Linder, Randy Dunlap, Kay Sievers,
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
index 7f6de6ea5b47..6148d4080f88 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ to be handled by platform and generic code, not individual drivers.
 8. Vendor and device identifications
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-One is not not required to add new device ids to include/linux/pci_ids.h.
+One is not required to add new device ids to include/linux/pci_ids.h.
 Please add PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx for vendors and a hex constant for device ids.
 PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx constants are re-used. The device ids are arbitrary
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
index 5aea459e3dd6..c43460dade0f 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Suparna Bhattacharya"
 ,Year="2006"
 ,pages="v2 123-138"
 ,note="Available:
-\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184}
+\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/index_2006.php}
 \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/OLSrtRCU.2006.08.11a.pdf}
 [Viewed January 1, 2007]"
 ,annotation="
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
index 4947fd8fb182..38d2aab59cac 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ How to NOT write kernel driver by Arjan van de Ven:
        http://www.fenrus.org/how-to-not-write-a-device-driver-paper.pdf
 Kernel Janitor:
-        http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+        http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
 GIT, Fast Version Control System:
        http://git-scm.com/
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
index 3a4dbe4663c9..b5aada9f20cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 The EtherDrive (R) HOWTO for users of 2.6 kernels is found at ...
-  http://www.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO.html
+  http://www.coraid.com/SUPPORT/EtherDrive-HBA  
  It has many tips and hints!
diff --git a/Documentation/apparmor.txt b/Documentation/apparmor.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..93c1fd7d0635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/apparmor.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+--- What is AppArmor? ---
+AppArmor is MAC style security extension for the Linux kernel.  It implements
+a task centered policy, with task "profiles" being created and loaded
+from user space.  Tasks on the system that do not have a profile defined for
+them run in an unconfined state which is equivalent to standard Linux DAC
+permissions.
+--- How to enable/disable ---
+set CONFIG_SECURITY_APPARMOR=y
+If AppArmor should be selected as the default security module then
+   set CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY="apparmor"
+   and CONFIG_SECURITY_APPARMOR_BOOTPARAM_VALUE=1
+Build the kernel
+If AppArmor is not the default security module it can be enabled by passing
+security=apparmor on the kernel's command line.
+If AppArmor is the default security module it can be disabled by passing
+apparmor=0, security=XXXX (where XXX is valid security module), on the
+kernel's command line
+For AppArmor to enforce any restrictions beyond standard Linux DAC permissions
+policy must be loaded into the kernel from user space (see the Documentation
+and tools links).
+--- Documentation ---
+Documentation can be found on the wiki.
+--- Links ---
+Mailing List - apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com
+Wiki - http://apparmor.wiki.kernel.org/
+User space tools - https://launchpad.net/apparmor
+Kernel module - git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jj/apparmor-dev.git
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP2000 b/Documentation/arm/IXP2000
index e0148b6b2c40..68d21d92a30b 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/IXP2000
+++ b/Documentation/arm/IXP2000
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ telecom systems. In addition to an XScale core, it contains up to 8
 interfaces (UTOPIA, SPI, etc), a PCI host bridge, one serial port,
 flash interface, and some other odds and ends. For more information, see:
-http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp2xxx.htm
+http://developer.intel.com
 2. Linux Support
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
index 72fbcc4fcab0..133c5fa6c7a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
+++ b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ require the use of Intel's propietary CSR softare:
 If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's
 software from:
-   http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425swr1.htm
+   http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm    
 DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPIETARY
 SOFTWARE.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ SOFTWARE.
 There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
 Intel's software:
-http://ixp4xx-osdg.sourceforge.net/ 
+   http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/
   Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries 
 http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/ 
@@ -112,21 +112,21 @@ http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html
   Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus.
 Gateworks Avila Network Platform
-http://www.gateworks.com/avila_sbc.htm
+http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php
   The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots
   replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off
   the expansion bus.
 Intel IXDP425 Development Platform
-http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp425.htm
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm  
   This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is 
   also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB
   of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port.
 Intel IXDP465 Development Platform
-http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
   This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead
   of just 16.
@@ -141,15 +141,13 @@ Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform
   a pivot_root to NFS.
 Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card
-http://www.fountainsys.com/datasheet/PrPMC1100.pdf
+http://www.fountainsys.com
   The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into
   and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply
   contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be
   plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only
   supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform.
-   See https://mcg.motorola.com/us/ds/pdf/ds0144.pdf for info
-   on the carrier board.
 5. TODO LIST
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/README b/Documentation/arm/README
index d98783fbe0c7..aea34095cdcf 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/README
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Bug reports etc
 ---------------
  Please send patches to the patch system.  For more information, see
-  http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/patches/info.html  Always include some
+  http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some
  explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed.
  Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk,
  or submitted through the web form at
-  http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/forms/solution.shtml
+  http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/ 
  When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant
  information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet
index 91f7ce7ba426..08b885d35674 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet
@@ -2,8 +2,7 @@ The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board
 ============================================
 Please see:
-http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/quicklist/eval-plat/sa-1110.htm
+http://developer.intel.com
-http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/guides/278278.htm
 Also some notes from John G Dorsey <jd5q@andrew.cmu.edu>:
 http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html
@@ -64,7 +63,7 @@ Initial RedBoot configuration
 -----------------------------
 The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available
-on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs-latest/redboot/redboot.html.
+on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html.
 Please refer to it for explanations.
 If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus
index b1cfd405dccc..6a3aa95e9bfd 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel.  
 For more details, see:
-http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/applnots/sa1100lx/getstart.htm
+http://developer.intel.com
 To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird
index eda28b3232e7..fb23b770aaf4 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legned(C) ,Inc.
-(http://www.legend.com.cn)
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn
 and software/linux mainatined by Coventive(C),Inc.
 (http://www.coventive.com)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient
index 6c9c4f5a36e1..867bb35943af 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Supported peripherals:
 - serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
  - ttyS0 is default for serial console
 - Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
-  See http://www.applieddata.com/developers/linux for IOCTL documentation
+  See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
  and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
 To do:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster
index ee7c6595f23f..9145088a0ba2 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Supported peripherals:
 - serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
  - ttyS0 is default for serial console
 - Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
-  See http://www.applieddata.com/developers/linux for IOCTL documentation
+  See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
  and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
 To do:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy
index 3b594534323b..44b94997fa0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing.
 For more information, see:
-        http://www.research.digital.com/wrl/itsy/index.html
+        http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/
 Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) :
 The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB
index 92cae066908d..b9c8a631a351 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@ PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated.
 For more information, see:
-        http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au/~pleb/
+        http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor
index f938a29fdc20..9cff415da5a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ VisuAide, Inc. to be used by blind people.
 For more information related to Victor, see:
-        http://www.visuaide.com/victor
+        http://www.humanware.com/en-usa/products
 Of course Victor is using Linux as its main operating system.
 The Victor implementation for Linux is maintained by Nicolas Pitre:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine
index fc431cbfefc2..48a7934f95f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine
@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ for more info.
 (Ref: Stuart Adams <sja@brightstareng.com>)
 Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site:
-http://recycle.lbl.gov/~ldoolitt/bse/
+http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
index eb0fae18ffb1..771d48d3b335 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
@@ -33,7 +33,13 @@ ffff0000	ffff0fff	CPU vector page.
 fffe0000        fffeffff        XScale cache flush area.  This is used
                                in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data
-                                cache.  Free for other usage on non-XScale.
+                                cache. (XScale does not have TCM.)
+fffe8000        fffeffff        DTCM mapping area for platforms with
+                                DTCM mounted inside the CPU.
+fffe0000        fffe7fff        ITCM mapping area for platforms with
+                                ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
 fff00000        fffdffff        Fixmap mapping region.  Addresses provided
                                by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt b/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt
index 77fd9376e6d7..7c15871c1885 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the
 system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found
 at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register"
 to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can
-determine if ITCM (bit 0) and/or DTCM (bit 16) is present in the
+determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present
-machine.
+in the machine.
 There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region
 Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location
@@ -35,7 +35,15 @@ The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using
 the MMU, but notice that the TCM if often used in situations where
 the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux
 implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual
-memory in the location specified by the machine.
+memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux
+will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and
+on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM.
+Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these
+TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided
+into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to
+be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure
+world (TrustZone).
 TCM is used for a few things:
@@ -65,18 +73,18 @@ in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
  memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
  device state when shutting off device power domains.
-A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM in
+A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from
-arch/arm/Kconfig for itself, and then the
+arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall
-rest of the functionality will depend on the physical
+#include <asm/tcm.h>
-location and size of ITCM and DTCM to be defined in
-mach/memory.h for the machine. Code that needs to use
-TCM shall #include <asm/tcm.h> If the TCM is not located
-at the place given in memory.h it will be moved using
-the TCM Region registers.
 Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this:
 int __tcmfunc foo(int bar);
+Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want
+to have functions called locally inside the TCM without
+wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that
+will make the call relative.
 Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this:
 int __tcmdata foo;
diff --git a/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt b/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt
index f609ebf9c78f..c1ed6948ba80 100644
--- a/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt
@@ -111,6 +111,6 @@ cause unexpected behaviour and can be a security hazard.
 There is a web page about binfmt_misc at
-http://www.tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de/~rguenth/linux/binfmt_misc.html
+http://www.tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
 Richard Günther <rguenth@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 508b5b2b0289..b9a83dd24732 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Notes Written on Jan 15, 2002:
 Last Updated May 2, 2002
 September 2003: Updated I/O Scheduler portions
-        Nick Piggin <piggin@cyberone.com.au>
+        Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
 Introduction:
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
index e4312676bdda..ee6717e3771d 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
@@ -412,6 +412,6 @@ have in your mail headers, when sending mail to the list server.
 You might also find some useful information on the linux-parport
 web pages (although they are not always up to date) at
-        http://www.torque.net/parport/
+        http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/parport/
diff --git a/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt b/Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
index 1b5aa10df845..1b5aa10df845 100644
--- a/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt b/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt
index 1c407778c8b2..13c251d5add6 100644
--- a/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Using the pktcdvd sysfs interface
 Since Linux 2.6.20, the pktcdvd module has a sysfs interface
 and can be controlled by it. For example the "pktcdvd" tool uses
-this interface. (see http://people.freenet.de/BalaGi#pktcdvd )
+this interface. (see http://tom.ist-im-web.de/download/pktcdvd )
 "pktcdvd" works similar to "pktsetup", e.g.:
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
index 51682ab2dd1a..5d0d5692a365 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ There are ways to query or modify cpusets:
   cat, rmdir commands from the shell, or their equivalent from C.
 - via the C library libcpuset.
 - via the C library libcgroup.
-   (http://sourceforge.net/proects/libcg/)
+   (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libcg/)
 - via the python application cset.
   (http://developer.novell.com/wiki/index.php/Cpuset)
diff --git a/Documentation/coccinelle.txt b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cd2b02837066
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+Copyright 2010 Nicolas Palix <npalix@diku.dk>
+Copyright 2010 Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
+Copyright 2010 Gilles Muller <Gilles.Muller@lip6.fr>
+ Getting Coccinelle
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The semantic patches included in the kernel use the 'virtual rule'
+feature which was introduced in Coccinelle version 0.1.11.
+Coccinelle (>=0.2.0) is available through the package manager
+of many distributions, e.g. :
+ - Debian (>=squeeze)
+ - Fedora (>=13)
+ - Ubuntu (>=10.04 Lucid Lynx)
+ - OpenSUSE
+ - Arch Linux
+ - NetBSD
+ - FreeBSD
+You can get the latest version released from the Coccinelle homepage at
+http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
+Once you have it, run the following command:
+        ./configure
+        make
+as a regular user, and install it with
+        sudo make install
+ Using Coccinelle on the Linux kernel
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+A Coccinelle-specific target is defined in the top level
+Makefile. This target is named 'coccicheck' and calls the 'coccicheck'
+front-end in the 'scripts' directory.
+Four modes are defined: report, patch, context, and org. The mode to
+use is specified by setting the MODE variable with 'MODE=<mode>'.
+'report' generates a list in the following format:
+  file:line:column-column: message
+'patch' proposes a fix, when possible.
+'context' highlights lines of interest and their context in a
+diff-like style.Lines of interest are indicated with '-'.
+'org' generates a report in the Org mode format of Emacs.
+Note that not all semantic patches implement all modes.
+To make a report for every semantic patch, run the following command:
+        make coccicheck MODE=report
+NB: The 'report' mode is the default one.
+To produce patches, run:
+        make coccicheck MODE=patch
+The coccicheck target applies every semantic patch available in the
+subdirectories of 'scripts/coccinelle' to the entire Linux kernel.
+For each semantic patch, a changelog message is proposed.  It gives a
+description of the problem being checked by the semantic patch, and
+includes a reference to Coccinelle.
+As any static code analyzer, Coccinelle produces false
+positives. Thus, reports must be carefully checked, and patches
+reviewed.
+ Using Coccinelle with a single semantic patch
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The optional make variable COCCI can be used to check a single
+semantic patch. In that case, the variable must be initialized with
+the name of the semantic patch to apply.
+For instance:
+        make coccicheck COCCI=<my_SP.cocci> MODE=patch
+or
+        make coccicheck COCCI=<my_SP.cocci> MODE=report
+ Proposing new semantic patches
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+New semantic patches can be proposed and submitted by kernel
+developers. For sake of clarity, they should be organized in the
+subdirectories of 'scripts/coccinelle/'.
+ Detailed description of the 'report' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+'report' generates a list in the following format:
+  file:line:column-column: message
+Example:
+Running
+        make coccicheck MODE=report COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+<smpl>
+@r depends on !context && !patch && (org || report)@
+expression x;
+position p;
+@@
+ ERR_PTR@p(PTR_ERR(x))
+@script:python depends on report@
+p << r.p;
+x << r.x;
+@@
+msg="ERR_CAST can be used with %s" % (x)
+coccilib.report.print_report(p[0], msg)
+</smpl>
+This SmPL excerpt generates entries on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+/home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c:188:9-16: ERR_CAST can be used with alg
+/home/user/linux/crypto/authenc.c:619:9-16: ERR_CAST can be used with auth
+/home/user/linux/crypto/xts.c:227:9-16: ERR_CAST can be used with alg
+ Detailed description of the 'patch' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+When the 'patch' mode is available, it proposes a fix for each problem
+identified.
+Example:
+Running
+        make coccicheck MODE=patch COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+<smpl>
+@ depends on !context && patch && !org && !report @
+expression x;
+@@
+- ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(x))
+ ERR_CAST(x)
+</smpl>
+This SmPL excerpt generates patch hunks on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+diff -u -p a/crypto/ctr.c b/crypto/ctr.c
+--- a/crypto/ctr.c 2010-05-26 10:49:38.000000000 +0200
+++ b/crypto/ctr.c 2010-06-03 23:44:49.000000000 +0200
+@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static struct crypto_instance *crypto_ct
+        alg = crypto_attr_alg(tb[1], CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER,
+                                  CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_MASK);
+        if (IS_ERR(alg))
+-               return ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(alg));
+               return ERR_CAST(alg);
+ 
+        /* Block size must be >= 4 bytes. */
+        err = -EINVAL;
+ Detailed description of the 'context' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+'context' highlights lines of interest and their context
+in a diff-like style.
+NOTE: The diff-like output generated is NOT an applicable patch. The
+      intent of the 'context' mode is to highlight the important lines
+      (annotated with minus, '-') and gives some surrounding context
+      lines around. This output can be used with the diff mode of
+      Emacs to review the code.
+Example:
+Running
+        make coccicheck MODE=context COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+<smpl>
+@ depends on context && !patch && !org && !report@
+expression x;
+@@
+* ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(x))
+</smpl>
+This SmPL excerpt generates diff hunks on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+diff -u -p /home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c /tmp/nothing
+--- /home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c       2010-05-26 10:49:38.000000000 +0200
+++ /tmp/nothing
+@@ -185,7 +185,6 @@ static struct crypto_instance *crypto_ct
+        alg = crypto_attr_alg(tb[1], CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER,
+                                  CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_MASK);
+        if (IS_ERR(alg))
+-               return ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(alg));
+ 
+        /* Block size must be >= 4 bytes. */
+        err = -EINVAL;
+ Detailed description of the 'org' mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+'org' generates a report in the Org mode format of Emacs.
+Example:
+Running
+        make coccicheck MODE=org COCCI=scripts/coccinelle/err_cast.cocci
+will execute the following part of the SmPL script.
+<smpl>
+@r depends on !context && !patch && (org || report)@
+expression x;
+position p;
+@@
+ ERR_PTR@p(PTR_ERR(x))
+@script:python depends on org@
+p << r.p;
+x << r.x;
+@@
+msg="ERR_CAST can be used with %s" % (x)
+msg_safe=msg.replace("[","@(").replace("]",")")
+coccilib.org.print_todo(p[0], msg_safe)
+</smpl>
+This SmPL excerpt generates Org entries on the standard output, as
+illustrated below:
+* TODO [[view:/home/user/linux/crypto/ctr.c::face=ovl-face1::linb=188::colb=9::cole=16][ERR_CAST can be used with alg]]
+* TODO [[view:/home/user/linux/crypto/authenc.c::face=ovl-face1::linb=619::colb=9::cole=16][ERR_CAST can be used with auth]]
+* TODO [[view:/home/user/linux/crypto/xts.c::face=ovl-face1::linb=227::colb=9::cole=16][ERR_CAST can be used with alg]]
diff --git a/Documentation/credentials.txt b/Documentation/credentials.txt
index a2db35287003..995baf379c07 100644
--- a/Documentation/credentials.txt
+++ b/Documentation/credentials.txt
@@ -417,6 +417,9 @@ reference on them using:
 This does all the RCU magic inside of it.  The caller must call put_cred() on
 the credentials so obtained when they're finished with.
+ [*] Note: The result of __task_cred() should not be passed directly to
+     get_cred() as this may race with commit_cred().
 There are a couple of convenience functions to access bits of another task's
 credentials, hiding the RCU magic from the caller:
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding b/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
index a5a3450faaa0..2278693c8ffa 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ With sparse, the programmer can be warned about confusion between
 user-space and kernel-space addresses, mixture of big-endian and
 small-endian quantities, the passing of integer values where a set of bit
 flags is expected, and so on.  Sparse must be installed separately (it can
-be found at http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/devel/sparse/ if your
+be found at https://sparse.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_Page if your
 distributor does not package it); it can then be run on the code by adding
 "C=1" to your make command.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
index 6680cab2c705..524de926290d 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Example scripts
 ===============
 LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk
 encryption with dm-crypt using the 'cryptsetup' utility, see
-http://luks.endorphin.org/
+http://clemens.endorphin.org/cryptography
 [[
 #!/bin/sh
diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt
index 1d83d124056c..f2da781705b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devices.txt
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
                    ...
                The driver and documentation may be obtained from
-                http://www.proximity.com.au/~brian/winradio/
+                http://www.winradio.com/
 82 block       I2O hard disk
                  0 = /dev/i2o/hdag     33rd I2O hard disk, whole disk
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
                  1 = /dev/comedi1      Second comedi device
                    ...
-                See http://stm.lbl.gov/comedi or http://www.llp.fu-berlin.de/.
+                See http://stm.lbl.gov/comedi.
 98 block       User-mode virtual block device
                  0 = /dev/ubda         First user-mode block device
@@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
                256 NetWare volumes can be supported in a single
                machine.
-                http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/jmerkey/nwfs
+                http://cgfa.telepac.pt/ftp2/kernel.org/linux/kernel/people/jmerkey/nwfs/
                0 = /dev/nwfs/v0    First NetWare (NWFS) Logical Volume
                1 = /dev/nwfs/v1    Second NetWare (NWFS) Logical Volume
@@ -2591,7 +2591,8 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
                  1 = /dev/intermezzo1  Second cache manager
                    ...
-                See http://www.inter-mezzo.org/ for more information.
+                See http://web.archive.org/web/20080115195241/
+                http://inter-mezzo.org/index.html
 186 char        Object-based storage control device
                  0 = /dev/obd0         First obd control device
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
index 2511a335abd6..121832e5d899 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Some very frequently asked questions about linuxtv-dvb
                the TuxBox CVS many interesting DVB applications and the dBox2
                DVB source
-        http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvbsak/
+        http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/       
                DVB Swiss Army Knife library and utilities
        http://www.nenie.org/misc/mpsys/
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
index 239cbdbf4d12..350959f4e41b 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ use IO::Handle;
                "dec3000s", "vp7041", "dibusb", "nxt2002", "nxt2004",
                "or51211", "or51132_qam", "or51132_vsb", "bluebird",
                "opera1", "cx231xx", "cx18", "cx23885", "pvrusb2", "mpc718",
-                "af9015", "ngene");
+                "af9015", "ngene", "az6027");
 # Check args
 syntax() if (scalar(@ARGV) != 1);
@@ -518,11 +518,11 @@ sub bluebird {
 sub af9015 {
        my $sourcefile = "download.ashx?file=57";
        my $url = "http://www.ite.com.tw/EN/Services/$sourcefile";
-        my $hash = "ff5b096ed47c080870eacdab2de33ad6";
+        my $hash = "e3f08935158038d385ad382442f4bb2d";
        my $outfile = "dvb-usb-af9015.fw";
        my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1);
-        my $fwoffset = 0x22708;
+        my $fwoffset = 0x25690;
-        my $fwlength = 18225;
+        my $fwlength = 18725;
        my ($chunklength, $buf, $rcount);
        checkstandard();
@@ -567,6 +567,23 @@ sub ngene {
    "$file1, $file2";
 }
+sub az6027{
+    my $file = "AZ6027_Linux_Driver.tar.gz";
+    my $url = "http://linux.terratec.de/files/$file";
+    my $firmware = "dvb-usb-az6027-03.fw";
+    wgetfile($file, $url);
+    #untar
+    if( system("tar xzvf $file $firmware")){
+        die "failed to untar firmware";
+    }
+    if( system("rm $file")){
+        die ("unable to remove unnecessary files");
+    }
+    $firmware;
+}
 # ---------------------------------------------------------------
 # Utilities
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt b/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt
index fe79e3c8847d..58c5ae2e9f59 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ and on its mirrors.
 The latest version of fbset can be found at
-    http://home.tvd.be/cr26864/Linux/fbdev/
+    http://www.linux-fbdev.org/ 
  
 10. Credits                                                       
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
index c268783bc4e7..71f0fea1058f 100644
--- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
+++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Why:	Broken design for runtime control over driver power states, confusing
        inputs.  This framework was never widely used, and most attempts to
        use it were broken.  Drivers should instead be exposing domain-specific
        interfaces either to kernel or to userspace.
-Who:    Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Who:    Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
 ---------------------------
@@ -116,29 +116,6 @@ Who:	Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
 ---------------------------
-What:   PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl])
-When:   2.6.35/2.6.36
-Files:  drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c
-Why:    With the 16-bit PCMCIA subsystem now behaving (almost) like a
-        normal hotpluggable bus, and with it using the default kernel
-        infrastructure (hotplug, driver core, sysfs) keeping the PCMCIA
-        control ioctl needed by cardmgr and cardctl from pcmcia-cs is
-        unnecessary and potentially harmful (it does not provide for
-        proper locking), and makes further cleanups and integration of the
-        PCMCIA subsystem into the Linux kernel device driver model more
-        difficult. The features provided by cardmgr and cardctl are either
-        handled by the kernel itself now or are available in the new
-        pcmciautils package available at
-        http://kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/pcmcia/
-        For all architectures except ARM, the associated config symbol
-        has been removed from kernel 2.6.34; for ARM, it will be likely
-        be removed from kernel 2.6.35. The actual code will then likely
-        be removed from kernel 2.6.36.
-Who:    Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
---------------------------
 What:   sys_sysctl
 When:   September 2010
 Option: CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL
@@ -303,15 +280,6 @@ Who:	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
 ---------------------------
-What: CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT
-When: 2.6.29
-Why:  Accounting can now be enabled/disabled without kernel recompilation.
-      Currently used only to set a default value for a feature that is also
-      controlled by a kernel/module/sysfs/sysctl parameter.
-Who:  Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
---------------------------
 What:   sysfs ui for changing p4-clockmod parameters
 When:   September 2009
 Why:    See commits 129f8ae9b1b5be94517da76009ea956e89104ce8 and
@@ -377,16 +345,6 @@ Who:	Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
 ----------------------------
-What:   lock_policy_rwsem_* and unlock_policy_rwsem_* will not be
-        exported interface anymore.
-When:   2.6.33
-Why:    cpu_policy_rwsem has a new cleaner definition making it local to
-        cpufreq core and contained inside cpufreq.c. Other dependent
-        drivers should not use it in order to safely avoid lockdep issues.
-Who:    Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
----------------------------
 What:   sound-slot/service-* module aliases and related clutters in
        sound/sound_core.c
 When:   August 2010
@@ -459,57 +417,6 @@ Who:	Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
 ----------------------------
-What:   usbvideo quickcam_messenger driver
-When:   2.6.35
-Files:  drivers/media/video/usbvideo/quickcam_messenger.[ch]
-Why:    obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv06xx
-Who:    Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
----------------------------
-What:   ov511 v4l1 driver
-When:   2.6.35
-Files:  drivers/media/video/ov511.[ch]
-Why:    obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
-Who:    Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
----------------------------
-What:   w9968cf v4l1 driver
-When:   2.6.35
-Files:  drivers/media/video/w9968cf*.[ch]
-Why:    obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
-Who:    Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
----------------------------
-What:   ovcamchip sensor framework
-When:   2.6.35
-Files:  drivers/media/video/ovcamchip/*
-Why:    Only used by obsoleted v4l1 drivers
-Who:    Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
----------------------------
-What:   stv680 v4l1 driver
-When:   2.6.35
-Files:  drivers/media/video/stv680.[ch]
-Why:    obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv0680
-Who:    Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
----------------------------
-What:   zc0301 v4l driver
-When:   2.6.35
-Files:  drivers/media/video/zc0301/*
-Why:    Duplicate functionality with the gspca_zc3xx driver, zc0301 only
-        supports 2 USB-ID's (because it only supports a limited set of
-        sensors) wich are also supported by the gspca_zc3xx driver
-        (which supports 53 USB-ID's in total)
-Who:    Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
----------------------------
 What:   sysfs-class-rfkill state file
 When:   Feb 2014
 Files:  net/rfkill/core.c
@@ -538,37 +445,6 @@ Who:	Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@web.de>
 ----------------------------
-What:   KVM memory aliases support
-When:   July 2010
-Why:    Memory aliasing support is used for speeding up guest vga access
-        through the vga windows.
-        Modern userspace no longer uses this feature, so it's just bitrotted
-        code and can be removed with no impact.
-Who:    Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
----------------------------
-What:   xtime, wall_to_monotonic
-When:   2.6.36+
-Files:  kernel/time/timekeeping.c include/linux/time.h
-Why:    Cleaning up timekeeping internal values. Please use
-        existing timekeeping accessor functions to access
-        the equivalent functionality.
-Who:    John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
----------------------------
-What:   KVM kernel-allocated memory slots
-When:   July 2010
-Why:    Since 2.6.25, kvm supports user-allocated memory slots, which are
-        much more flexible than kernel-allocated slots.  All current userspace
-        supports the newer interface and this code can be removed with no
-        impact.
-Who:    Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
----------------------------
 What:   KVM paravirt mmu host support
 When:   January 2011
 Why:    The paravirt mmu host support is slower than non-paravirt mmu, both
@@ -647,3 +523,10 @@ Who:	Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
 ----------------------------
+What:   The acpi_sleep=s4_nonvs command line option
+When:   2.6.37
+Files:  arch/x86/kernel/acpi/sleep.c
+Why:    superseded by acpi_sleep=nonvs
+Who:    Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+----------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
index c0236e753bc8..f9765e8cf086 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ OPTIONS
 RESOURCES
 =========
-Our current recommendation is to use Inferno (http://www.vitanuova.com/inferno)
+Our current recommendation is to use Inferno (http://www.vitanuova.com/nferno/index.html)
 as the 9p server.  You can start a 9p server under Inferno by issuing the
 following command:
   ; styxlisten -A tcp!*!564 export '#U*'
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
index 2d1524469c25..81ac488e3758 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt
@@ -216,4 +216,4 @@ due to an incompatibility with the Amiga floppy controller.
 If you are interested in an Amiga Emulator for Linux, look at
-http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
index 67391a15949a..6e49c363938e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Current maintainer: Sergey S. Kostyliov <rathamahata@php4.ru>
 WHAT IS THIS DRIVER?
 ==================
-This module implements the native filesystem of BeOS <http://www.be.com/>
+This module implements the native filesystem of BeOS http://www.beincorporated.com/ 
 for the linux 2.4.1 and later kernels. Currently it is a read-only
 implementation.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ step 2.  Configuration & make kernel
 The linux kernel has many compile-time options. Most of them are beyond the
 scope of this document. I suggest the Kernel-HOWTO document as a good general
-reference on this topic. <http://www.linux.com/howto/Kernel-HOWTO.html>
+reference on this topic. http://www.linuxdocs.org/HOWTOs/Kernel-HOWTO-4.html 
 However, to use the BeFS module, you must enable it at configure time.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt
index 3c367c3b3608..ba0a93384de0 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Mount options unique to the isofs filesystem.
  sbsector=xxx  Session begins from sector xxx
 Recommended documents about ISO 9660 standard are located at:
-http://www.y-adagio.com/public/standards/iso_cdromr/tocont.htm
+http://www.y-adagio.com/
 ftp://ftp.ecma.ch/ecma-st/Ecma-119.pdf
 Quoting from the PDF "This 2nd Edition of Standard ECMA-119 is technically 
 identical with ISO 9660.", so it is a valid and gratis substitute of the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
index 3ba0b945aaf8..f2430a7974e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
@@ -124,6 +124,8 @@ ip=<client-ip>:<server-ip>:<gw-ip>:<netmask>:<hostname>:<device>:<autoconf>
  <hostname>    Name of the client. May be supplied by autoconfiguration,
                but its absence will not trigger autoconfiguration.
+                If specified and DHCP is used, the user provided hostname will
+                be carried in the DHCP request to hopefully update DNS record.
                Default: Client IP address is used in ASCII notation.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 9fb6cbe70bde..8fe8895894d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ contact Bodo  Bauer  at  bb@ricochet.net.  We'll  be happy to add them to this
 document.
 The   latest   version    of   this   document   is    available   online   at
-http://skaro.nightcrawler.com/~bb/Docs/Proc as HTML version.
+http://tldp.org/LDP/Linux-Filesystem-Hierarchy/html/proc.html
-If  the above  direction does  not works  for you,  ypu could  try the  kernel
+If  the above  direction does  not works  for you,  you could  try the  kernel
 mailing  list  at  linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org  and/or try  to  reach  me  at
 comandante@zaralinux.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt
index 85354b32d731..74eaac26f8b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ files, each with their own function.
       local_cpus          nearby CPU mask (cpumask, ro)
       remove              remove device from kernel's list (ascii, wo)
       resource            PCI resource host addresses (ascii, ro)
-       resource0..N        PCI resource N, if present (binary, mmap)
+       resource0..N        PCI resource N, if present (binary, mmap, rw[1])
       resource0_wc..N_wc  PCI WC map resource N, if prefetchable (binary, mmap)
       rom                 PCI ROM resource, if present (binary, ro)
       subsystem_device    PCI subsystem device (ascii, ro)
@@ -54,13 +54,16 @@ files, each with their own function.
  binary - file contains binary data
  cpumask - file contains a cpumask type
+[1] rw for RESOURCE_IO (I/O port) regions only
 The read only files are informational, writes to them will be ignored, with
 the exception of the 'rom' file.  Writable files can be used to perform
 actions on the device (e.g. changing config space, detaching a device).
 mmapable files are available via an mmap of the file at offset 0 and can be
 used to do actual device programming from userspace.  Note that some platforms
 don't support mmapping of certain resources, so be sure to check the return
-value from any attempted mmap.
+value from any attempted mmap.  The most notable of these are I/O port
+resources, which also provide read/write access.
 The 'enable' file provides a counter that indicates how many times the device 
 has been enabled.  If the 'enable' file currently returns '4', and a '1' is
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index 931c806642c5..5d1335faec2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ sysfs - _The_ filesystem for exporting kernel objects.
 Patrick Mochel  <mochel@osdl.org>
 Mike Murphy <mamurph@cs.clemson.edu>
-Revised:    22 February 2009
+Revised:    15 July 2010
 Original:   10 January 2003
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ show and store methods of the attribute owners.
 struct sysfs_ops {
        ssize_t (*show)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, char *);
-        ssize_t (*store)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, const char *);
+        ssize_t (*store)(struct kobject *, struct attribute *, const char *, size_t);
 };
 [ Subsystems should have already defined a struct kobj_type as a
@@ -139,18 +139,22 @@ calls the associated methods.
 To illustrate:
+#define to_dev(obj) container_of(obj, struct device, kobj)
 #define to_dev_attr(_attr) container_of(_attr, struct device_attribute, attr)
-#define to_dev(d) container_of(d, struct device, kobj)
-static ssize_t
+static ssize_t dev_attr_show(struct kobject *kobj, struct attribute *attr,
-dev_attr_show(struct kobject * kobj, struct attribute * attr, char * buf)
+                             char *buf)
 {
-        struct device_attribute * dev_attr = to_dev_attr(attr);
+        struct device_attribute *dev_attr = to_dev_attr(attr);
-        struct device * dev = to_dev(kobj);
+        struct device *dev = to_dev(kobj);
-        ssize_t ret = 0;
+        ssize_t ret = -EIO;
        if (dev_attr->show)
-                ret = dev_attr->show(dev, buf);
+                ret = dev_attr->show(dev, dev_attr, buf);
+        if (ret >= (ssize_t)PAGE_SIZE) {
+                print_symbol("dev_attr_show: %s returned bad count\n",
+                                (unsigned long)dev_attr->show);
+        }
        return ret;
 }
@@ -163,10 +167,9 @@ To read or write attributes, show() or store() methods must be
 specified when declaring the attribute. The method types should be as
 simple as those defined for device attributes:
-ssize_t (*show)(struct device * dev, struct device_attribute * attr,
+ssize_t (*show)(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf);
-                char * buf);
+ssize_t (*store)(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
-ssize_t (*store)(struct device * dev, struct device_attribute * attr,
+                 const char *buf, size_t count);
-                 const char * buf);
 IOW, they should take only an object, an attribute, and a buffer as parameters.
@@ -209,8 +212,8 @@ Other notes:
 - show() should always use snprintf(). 
- store() should return the number of bytes used from the buffer. This
+- store() should return the number of bytes used from the buffer. If the
-  can be done using strlen().
+  entire buffer has been used, just return the count argument.
 - show() or store() can always return errors. If a bad value comes
  through, be sure to return an error.
@@ -223,15 +226,18 @@ Other notes:
 A very simple (and naive) implementation of a device attribute is:
-static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
+static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
+                         char *buf)
 {
        return snprintf(buf, PAGE_SIZE, "%s\n", dev->name);
 }
-static ssize_t store_name(struct device * dev, const char * buf)
+static ssize_t store_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
+                          const char *buf, size_t count)
 {
-        sscanf(buf, "%20s", dev->name);
+        snprintf(dev->name, sizeof(dev->name), "%.*s",
-        return strnlen(buf, PAGE_SIZE);
+                 (int)min(count, sizeof(dev->name) - 1), buf);
+        return count;
 }
 static DEVICE_ATTR(name, S_IRUGO, show_name, store_name);
@@ -327,7 +333,7 @@ Structure:
 struct bus_attribute {
        struct attribute        attr;
        ssize_t (*show)(struct bus_type *, char * buf);
-        ssize_t (*store)(struct bus_type *, const char * buf);
+        ssize_t (*store)(struct bus_type *, const char * buf, size_t count);
 };
 Declaring:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
index eed520fd0c8e..ead764b2728f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
@@ -165,7 +165,8 @@ TEST SUITE
 If you plan to make any modifications to the vfat filesystem, please
 get the test suite that comes with the vfat distribution at
-  http://bmrc.berkeley.edu/people/chaffee/vfat.html
+  http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://bmrc.berkeley.edu/
+  people/chaffee/vfat.html
 This tests quite a few parts of the vfat filesystem and additional
 tests for new features or untested features would be appreciated.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
index 9878f50d6ed6..7bff3e4f35df 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
@@ -131,17 +131,6 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
        Don't check for double mounted file systems using the file system uuid.
        This is useful to mount LVM snapshot volumes.
-  osyncisosync
-        Make O_SYNC writes implement true O_SYNC.  WITHOUT this option,
-        Linux XFS behaves as if an "osyncisdsync" option is used,
-        which will make writes to files opened with the O_SYNC flag set
-        behave as if the O_DSYNC flag had been used instead.
-        This can result in better performance without compromising
-        data safety.
-        However if this option is not in effect, timestamp updates from
-        O_SYNC writes can be lost if the system crashes.
-        If timestamp updates are critical, use the osyncisosync option.
  uquota/usrquota/uqnoenforce/quota
        User disk quota accounting enabled, and limits (optionally)
        enforced.  Refer to xfs_quota(8) for further details.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script b/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script
index 1990130f2ab1..8143a950b607 100644
--- a/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script
+++ b/Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script
@@ -6,11 +6,12 @@
 HOTPLUG_FW_DIR=/usr/lib/hotplug/firmware/
-echo 1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
+if [ "$SUBSYSTEM" == "firmware" -a "$ACTION" == "add" ]; then
-cat $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE > /sys/$DEVPATH/data
+  if [ -f $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE ]; then
-echo 0 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
+    echo 1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
+    cat $HOTPLUG_FW_DIR/$FIRMWARE > /sys/$DEVPATH/data
-# To cancel the load in case of error:
+    echo 0 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
-#
+  else
-#       echo -1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
+    echo -1 > /sys/$DEVPATH/loading
-#
+  fi
+fi
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
index f4327db2307e..d8fabe0c23ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Supported chips:
    Prefix: 'adm1026'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADM1026,00.html
+               http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADM1026
 Authors:
        Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com> for Penguin Computing
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/g760a b/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
index e032eeb75629..cfc894537061 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
  * Global Mixed-mode Technology Inc. G760A
    Prefix: 'g760a'
    Datasheet: Publicly available at the GMT website
-      http://www.gmt.com.tw/datasheet/g760a.pdf
+      http://www.gmt.com.tw/product/datasheet/EDS-760A.pdf
 Author: Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
index 229f8b789185..26f9f3c02dc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
@@ -5,11 +5,10 @@ Supported chips:
  * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x00
    Prefix: 'gl518sm'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
-    Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/pdf
  * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x80
    Prefix: 'gl518sm'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
-    Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/pdf
+    Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/
 Authors:
        Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c b/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c
index 681ec22b9d0e..a4a8fc5d05d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* Disk protection for HP machines.
 *
 * Copyright 2008 Eric Piel
- * Copyright 2009 Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+ * Copyright 2009 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
 *
 * GPLv2.
 */
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp b/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp
index 0005c7166146..716dc24c7237 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
  * AMD Athlon64/FX or Opteron CPUs
    Prefix: 'k8temp'
    Addresses scanned: PCI space
-    Datasheet: http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/32559.pdf
+    Datasheet: http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/32559.pdf
 Author: Rudolf Marek
 Contact: Rudolf Marek <r.marek@assembler.cz>
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm85 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
index a76aefeeb68a..b98e0e0d1910 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
@@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ Supported chips:
  * Analog Devices ADM1027
    Prefix: 'adm1027'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADM1027,00.html
+    Datasheet: http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADM1027
  * Analog Devices ADT7463
    Prefix: 'adt7463'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADT7463,00.html
+    Datasheet: http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADT7463
  * SMSC EMC6D100, SMSC EMC6D101
    Prefix: 'emc6d100'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/6d100.pdf
+    Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/discontinued/6d100.pdf 
  * SMSC EMC6D102
    Prefix: 'emc6d102'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp b/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c8e1fb0fadd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Kernel driver pkgtemp
+======================
+Supported chips:
+  * Intel family
+    Prefix: 'pkgtemp'
+    CPUID:
+    Datasheet: Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer's Manual
+               Volume 3A: System Programming Guide
+Author: Fenghua Yu
+Description
+-----------
+This driver permits reading package level temperature sensor embedded inside
+Intel CPU package. The sensors can be in core, uncore, memory controller, or
+other components in a package. The feature is first implemented in Intel Sandy
+Bridge platform.
+Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is
+1 degree C. Valid temperatures are from 0 to TjMax degrees C, because the actual
+value of temperature register is in fact a delta from TjMax.
+Temperature known as TjMax is the maximum junction temperature of package.
+We get this from MSR_IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET. If the MSR is not accessible,
+we define TjMax as 100 degrees Celsius. At this temperature, protection
+mechanism will perform actions to forcibly cool down the package. Alarm
+may be raised, if the temperature grows enough (more than TjMax) to trigger
+the Out-Of-Spec bit. Following table summarizes the exported sysfs files:
+temp1_input       - Package temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
+temp1_max        - All cooling devices should be turned on.
+temp1_crit        - Maximum junction temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
+temp1_crit_alarm - Set when Out-of-spec bit is set, never clears.
+                    Correct CPU operation is no longer guaranteed.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 b/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1
index 42c8431b3c9d..2a13378dcf22 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1
@@ -7,13 +7,10 @@ Supported chips:
    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
    Prefix: 'smsc47m1'
    Datasheets:
-        http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47b27x.pdf
+        http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/47b272.pdf
-        http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m10x.pdf
+        http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/47m10x.pdf
-        http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m112.pdf
+        http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/47m112.pdf
-        http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/47m13x.pdf
+        http://www.smsc.com/
-        http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m14x.pdf
-        http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/47m15x.pdf
-        http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m192.pdf
  * SMSC LPC47M292
    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
    Prefix: 'smsc47m2'
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50 b/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50
index 9639ca93d559..8a7772ade8d0 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/thmc50
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Supported chips:
  * Texas Instruments THMC50
    Prefix: 'thmc50'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2e
-    Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/thmc50.html
+    Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/ 
 Author: Krzysztof Helt <krzysztof.h1@wp.pl>
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/via686a b/Documentation/hwmon/via686a
index d651b25f7519..e5f90ab5c48d 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/via686a
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/via686a
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
  * Via VT82C686A, VT82C686B  Southbridge Integrated Hardware Monitor
    Prefix: 'via686a'
    Addresses scanned: ISA in PCI-space encoded address
-    Datasheet: On request through web form (http://www.via.com.tw/en/support/datasheets/)
+    Datasheet: On request through web form (http://www.via.com.tw/en/resources/download-center/)
 Authors:
        Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>,
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf
index 44dd2bcc72bd..fb145e5e722a 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf
@@ -5,23 +5,19 @@ Supported chips:
  * Winbond W83627HF (ISA accesses ONLY)
    Prefix: 'w83627hf'
    Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
-    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83627hf.pdf
  * Winbond W83627THF
    Prefix: 'w83627thf'
    Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
-    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83627thf.pdf
  * Winbond W83697HF
    Prefix: 'w83697hf'
    Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
-    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/697hf.pdf
  * Winbond W83637HF
    Prefix: 'w83637hf'
    Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
-    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83637hf.pdf
  * Winbond W83687THF
    Prefix: 'w83687thf'
    Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
-    Datasheet: Provided by Winbond on request
+    Datasheet: Provided by Winbond on request(http://www.winbond.com/hq/enu)
 Authors:
        Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
index c91e0b63ea1d..ecbc1e4574b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Supported chips:
  * Winbond W83782D
    Prefix: 'w83782d'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports)
-    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83782d.pdf
+    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com
  * Winbond W83783S
    Prefix: 'w83783s'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2d
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
index 14a668ed8aaa..8a023ce0b72e 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83792d
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
  * Winbond W83792D
    Prefix: 'w83792d'
    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
-    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com.tw/E-WINBONDHTM/partner/PDFresult.asp?Pname=1035
+    Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com.tw
 Author: Chunhao Huang
 Contact: DZShen <DZShen@Winbond.com.tw>
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535
index acbc65a08097..5d46342e486a 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-ali1535
 Supported adapters:
  * Acer Labs, Inc. ALI 1535 (south bridge)
    Datasheet: Now under NDA
-        http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/datasheet_request.php
+        http://www.ali.com.tw/
 Authors:
        Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563
index 54691698d2dd..41b1a077e4c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-ali1563
 Supported adapters:
  * Acer Labs, Inc. ALI 1563 (south bridge)
    Datasheet: Now under NDA
-        http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/datasheet_request.php
+        http://www.ali.com.tw/
 Author: Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3
index 600da90b8f12..42888d8ac124 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-ali15x3
 Supported adapters:
  * Acer Labs, Inc. ALI 1533 and 1543C (south bridge)
    Datasheet: Now under NDA
-        http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/datasheet_request.php
+        http://www.ali.com.tw/
 Authors:
        Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4
index ac540c71c7eb..475bb4ae0720 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4
@@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ of all affected systems, so the only safe solution was to prevent access to
 the SMBus on all IBM systems (detected using DMI data.)
 For additional information, read:
-http://www.lm-sensors.org/browser/lm-sensors/trunk/README.thinkpad
+http://www.lm-sensors.org/browser/lm-sensors/trunk/README
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
index 629ea2c356fd..0b9697366930 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Kernel driver i2c-sis630
 Supported adapters:
  * Silicon Integrated Systems Corp (SiS)
-        630 chipset (Datasheet: available at http://amalysh.bei.t-online.de/docs/SIS/)
+        630 chipset (Datasheet: available at http://www.sfr-fresh.com/linux)
        730 chipset
  * Possible other SiS chipsets ?
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt b/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt
index aa3e953f0f7b..5a4dea6abebd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt
@@ -168,8 +168,6 @@ PAST PROBLEM CASES
    mmap of 0x0-0x9FFFF /dev/mem by "hwinfo" on HP sx1000 with VGA enabled
-      See https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=140858.
      The EFI memory map reports the following attributes:
        0x00000-0x9FFFF WB only
        0xA0000-0xBFFFF UC only (VGA frame buffer)
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt b/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt
index 040b9773209f..6869c73de4e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ TROUBLESHOOTING SERIAL CONSOLE PROBLEMS
-[1] http://www.dig64.org/specifications/DIG64_PCDPv20.pdf
+[1] http://www.dig64.org/specifications/agreement 
    The table was originally defined as the "HCDP" for "Headless
    Console/Debug Port."  The current version is the "PCDP" for
    "Primary Console and Debug Port Devices."
diff --git a/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt b/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt
index afe3f8da9018..e5092d696da2 100644
--- a/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ USERSPACE VERBS ACCESS
  described in chapter 11 of the InfiniBand Architecture Specification.
  To use the verbs, the libibverbs library, available from
-  <http://openib.org/>, is required.  libibverbs contains a
+  http://www.openfabrics.org/, is required.  libibverbs contains a
  device-independent API for using the ib_uverbs interface.
  libibverbs also requires appropriate device-dependent kernel and
  userspace driver for your InfiniBand hardware.  For example, to use
diff --git a/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt b/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt
index 4f7c633a76d2..b13de3f89108 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt
@@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ Links:
 ------
 [1]: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/PowerBook/touchpad/
-[2]: http://web.telia.com/~u89404340/touchpad/index.html
+[2]: http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://web.telia.com/~u89404340/touchpad/index.html
diff --git a/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt b/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
index 5e22dcf6d48d..74d3876d6f34 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ Links
 -----
 [1] http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=840040
-[2] http://http://bitmath.org/code/
+[2] http://bitmath.org/code/
diff --git a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
index 3ac92413c874..2d5fbfd6023e 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Check www.immerse.com for Immersion Studio, and www.fcoder.com for ComPortSpy.
 ** Author of this document **
 Johann Deneux <johann.deneux@gmail.com>
-Home page at http://www.esil.univ-mrs.fr/~jdeneux/projects/ff/
+Home page at http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.esil.univ-mrs.fr
 Additions by Vojtech Pavlik.
diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
index c0fc1c75fd88..bdcba154b83e 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt
@@ -6,31 +6,149 @@ Multi-touch (MT) Protocol
 Introduction
 ------------
-In order to utilize the full power of the new multi-touch devices, a way to
+In order to utilize the full power of the new multi-touch and multi-user
-report detailed finger data to user space is needed. This document
+devices, a way to report detailed data from multiple contacts, i.e.,
-describes the multi-touch (MT) protocol which allows kernel drivers to
+objects in direct contact with the device surface, is needed.  This
-report details for an arbitrary number of fingers.
+document describes the multi-touch (MT) protocol which allows kernel
+drivers to report details for an arbitrary number of contacts.
+The protocol is divided into two types, depending on the capabilities of the
+hardware. For devices handling anonymous contacts (type A), the protocol
+describes how to send the raw data for all contacts to the receiver. For
+devices capable of tracking identifiable contacts (type B), the protocol
+describes how to send updates for individual contacts via event slots.
+Protocol Usage
+--------------
+Contact details are sent sequentially as separate packets of ABS_MT
+events. Only the ABS_MT events are recognized as part of a contact
+packet. Since these events are ignored by current single-touch (ST)
+applications, the MT protocol can be implemented on top of the ST protocol
+in an existing driver.
+Drivers for type A devices separate contact packets by calling
+input_mt_sync() at the end of each packet. This generates a SYN_MT_REPORT
+event, which instructs the receiver to accept the data for the current
+contact and prepare to receive another.
+Drivers for type B devices separate contact packets by calling
+input_mt_slot(), with a slot as argument, at the beginning of each packet.
+This generates an ABS_MT_SLOT event, which instructs the receiver to
+prepare for updates of the given slot.
+All drivers mark the end of a multi-touch transfer by calling the usual
+input_sync() function. This instructs the receiver to act upon events
+accumulated since last EV_SYN/SYN_REPORT and prepare to receive a new set
+of events/packets.
+The main difference between the stateless type A protocol and the stateful
+type B slot protocol lies in the usage of identifiable contacts to reduce
+the amount of data sent to userspace. The slot protocol requires the use of
+the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID, either provided by the hardware or computed from
+the raw data [5].
+For type A devices, the kernel driver should generate an arbitrary
+enumeration of the full set of anonymous contacts currently on the
+surface. The order in which the packets appear in the event stream is not
+important.  Event filtering and finger tracking is left to user space [3].
+For type B devices, the kernel driver should associate a slot with each
+identified contact, and use that slot to propagate changes for the contact.
+Creation, replacement and destruction of contacts is achieved by modifying
+the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID of the associated slot.  A non-negative tracking id
+is interpreted as a contact, and the value -1 denotes an unused slot.  A
+tracking id not previously present is considered new, and a tracking id no
+longer present is considered removed.  Since only changes are propagated,
+the full state of each initiated contact has to reside in the receiving
+end.  Upon receiving an MT event, one simply updates the appropriate
+attribute of the current slot.
+Protocol Example A
+------------------
+Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look
+like for a type A device:
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0]
+   SYN_MT_REPORT
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1]
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
+   SYN_MT_REPORT
+   SYN_REPORT
+The sequence after moving one of the contacts looks exactly the same; the
+raw data for all present contacts are sent between every synchronization
+with SYN_REPORT.
-Usage
+Here is the sequence after lifting the first contact:
-----
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1]
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
+   SYN_MT_REPORT
+   SYN_REPORT
+And here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:
+   SYN_MT_REPORT
+   SYN_REPORT
+If the driver reports one of BTN_TOUCH or ABS_PRESSURE in addition to the
+ABS_MT events, the last SYN_MT_REPORT event may be omitted. Otherwise, the
+last SYN_REPORT will be dropped by the input core, resulting in no
+zero-contact event reaching userland.
-Anonymous finger details are sent sequentially as separate packets of ABS
-events. Only the ABS_MT events are recognized as part of a finger
+Protocol Example B
-packet. The end of a packet is marked by calling the input_mt_sync()
+------------------
-function, which generates a SYN_MT_REPORT event. This instructs the
-receiver to accept the data for the current finger and prepare to receive
+Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look
-another. The end of a multi-touch transfer is marked by calling the usual
+like for a type B device:
-input_sync() function. This instructs the receiver to act upon events
-accumulated since last EV_SYN/SYN_REPORT and prepare to receive a new
+   ABS_MT_SLOT 0
-set of events/packets.
+   ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 45
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0]
+   ABS_MT_SLOT 1
+   ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 46
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1]
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
+   SYN_REPORT
+Here is the sequence after moving contact 45 in the x direction:
+   ABS_MT_SLOT 0
+   ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
+   SYN_REPORT
+Here is the sequence after lifting the contact in slot 0:
+   ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1
+   SYN_REPORT
+The slot being modified is already 0, so the ABS_MT_SLOT is omitted.  The
+message removes the association of slot 0 with contact 45, thereby
+destroying contact 45 and freeing slot 0 to be reused for another contact.
+Finally, here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:
+   ABS_MT_SLOT 1
+   ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1
+   SYN_REPORT
+Event Usage
+-----------
 A set of ABS_MT events with the desired properties is defined. The events
 are divided into categories, to allow for partial implementation.  The
 minimum set consists of ABS_MT_POSITION_X and ABS_MT_POSITION_Y, which
-allows for multiple fingers to be tracked.  If the device supports it, the
+allows for multiple contacts to be tracked.  If the device supports it, the
 ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR and ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR may be used to provide the size
-of the contact area and approaching finger, respectively.
+of the contact area and approaching contact, respectively.
 The TOUCH and WIDTH parameters have a geometrical interpretation; imagine
 looking through a window at someone gently holding a finger against the
@@ -41,56 +159,26 @@ ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR, the diameter of the outer region is
 ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR. Now imagine the person pressing the finger harder
 against the glass. The inner region will increase, and in general, the
 ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR, which is always smaller than
-unity, is related to the finger pressure. For pressure-based devices,
+unity, is related to the contact pressure. For pressure-based devices,
 ABS_MT_PRESSURE may be used to provide the pressure on the contact area
 instead.
-In addition to the MAJOR parameters, the oval shape of the finger can be
+In addition to the MAJOR parameters, the oval shape of the contact can be
 described by adding the MINOR parameters, such that MAJOR and MINOR are the
 major and minor axis of an ellipse. Finally, the orientation of the oval
 shape can be describe with the ORIENTATION parameter.
 The ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may be used to specify whether the touching tool is a
-finger or a pen or something else.  Devices with more granular information
+contact or a pen or something else.  Devices with more granular information
 may specify general shapes as blobs, i.e., as a sequence of rectangular
 shapes grouped together by an ABS_MT_BLOB_ID. Finally, for the few devices
 that currently support it, the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID event may be used to
-report finger tracking from hardware [5].
+report contact tracking from hardware [5].
-Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-finger touch would look
-like:
-   ABS_MT_POSITION_X
-   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
-   SYN_MT_REPORT
-   ABS_MT_POSITION_X
-   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
-   SYN_MT_REPORT
-   SYN_REPORT
-Here is the sequence after lifting one of the fingers:
-   ABS_MT_POSITION_X
-   ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
-   SYN_MT_REPORT
-   SYN_REPORT
-And here is the sequence after lifting the remaining finger:
-   SYN_MT_REPORT
-   SYN_REPORT
-If the driver reports one of BTN_TOUCH or ABS_PRESSURE in addition to the
-ABS_MT events, the last SYN_MT_REPORT event may be omitted. Otherwise, the
-last SYN_REPORT will be dropped by the input core, resulting in no
-zero-finger event reaching userland.
 Event Semantics
 ---------------
-The word "contact" is used to describe a tool which is in direct contact
-with the surface. A finger, a pen or a rubber all classify as contacts.
 ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR
 The length of the major axis of the contact. The length should be given in
@@ -157,15 +245,16 @@ MT_TOOL_PEN [2].
 ABS_MT_BLOB_ID
 The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped
-contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping, and should not be confused
+contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping for type A devices, and
-with the high-level trackingID [5]. Most kernel drivers will not have blob
+should not be confused with the high-level trackingID [5]. Most type A
-capability, and can safely omit the event.
+devices do not have blob capability, so drivers can safely omit this event.
 ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID
 The TRACKING_ID identifies an initiated contact throughout its life cycle
-[5]. There are currently only a few devices that support it, so this event
+[5]. This event is mandatory for type B devices. The value range of the
-should normally be omitted.
+TRACKING_ID should be large enough to ensure unique identification of a
+contact maintained over an extended period of time.
 Event Computation
@@ -192,20 +281,11 @@ finger along the X axis (1).
 Finger Tracking
 ---------------
-The kernel driver should generate an arbitrary enumeration of the set of
-anonymous contacts currently on the surface. The order in which the packets
-appear in the event stream is not important.
 The process of finger tracking, i.e., to assign a unique trackingID to each
-initiated contact on the surface, is left to user space; preferably the
+initiated contact on the surface, is a Euclidian Bipartite Matching
-multi-touch X driver [3]. In that driver, the trackingID stays the same and
+problem.  At each event synchronization, the set of actual contacts is
-unique until the contact vanishes (when the finger leaves the surface). The
+matched to the set of contacts from the previous synchronization. A full
-problem of assigning a set of anonymous fingers to a set of identified
+implementation can be found in [3].
-fingers is a euclidian bipartite matching problem at each event update, and
-relies on a sufficiently rapid update rate.
-There are a few devices that support trackingID in hardware. User space can
-make use of these native identifiers to reduce bandwidth and cpu usage.
 Gestures
diff --git a/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt b/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt
index b35affd5c649..b2ef125b71f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Byte 5~8: Don't care (Absolute packet)
 FSP supports basic PS/2 commanding set and modes, refer to following URL for
 details about PS/2 commands:
-http://www.computer-engineering.org/index.php?title=PS/2_Mouse_Interface
+http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
 ==============================================================================
 * Programming Sequence for Determining Packet Parsing Flow
diff --git a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt b/Documentation/input/xpad.txt
index aae0d404c566..7cc9a436e6a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/xpad.txt
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ the basic functionality.
 1. http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki)
 2. http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/
-3. http://www.xboxhackz.com/Hackz-Reference.htm
+3. http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/ 
 4. /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany):
diff --git a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
index 5dc59b04a71f..849de1a78e77 100644
--- a/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/intel_txt.txt
@@ -25,20 +25,18 @@ which has been updated for the new released platforms.
 Intel TXT has been presented at various events over the past few
 years, some of which are:
      LinuxTAG 2008:
-          http://www.linuxtag.org/2008/en/conf/events/vp-donnerstag/
+          http://www.linuxtag.org/2008/en/conf/events/vp-donnerstag.html
-          details.html?talkid=110
      TRUST2008:
-          http://www.trust2008.eu/downloads/Keynote-Speakers/
+          http://www.trust-conference.eu/downloads/Keynote-Speakers/
          3_David-Grawrock_The-Front-Door-of-Trusted-Computing.pdf
-      IDF 2008, Shanghai:
+      IDF, Shanghai:
-          http://inteldeveloperforum.com.edgesuite.net/shanghai_2008/
+          http://www.prcidf.com.cn/index_en.html
-          aep/PROS003/index.html
      IDFs 2006, 2007 (I'm not sure if/where they are online)
 Trusted Boot Project Overview:
 =============================
-Trusted Boot (tboot) is an open source, pre- kernel/VMM module that
+Trusted Boot (tboot) is an open source, pre-kernel/VMM module that
 uses Intel TXT to perform a measured and verified launch of an OS
 kernel/VMM.
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index dd5806f4fcc4..2ec3d7d89984 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Code  Seq#(hex)	Include File		Comments
 0x10    00-0F   drivers/char/s390/vmcp.h
 0x12    all     linux/fs.h
                linux/blkpg.h
-0x1b    all     InfiniBand Subsystem    <http://www.openib.org/>
+0x1b    all     InfiniBand Subsystem    <http://infiniband.sourceforge.net/>
 0x20    all     drivers/cdrom/cm206.h
 0x22    all     scsi/sg.h
 '#'     00-3F   IEEE 1394 Subsystem     Block for the entire subsystem
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Code  Seq#(hex)	Include File		Comments
 '['     00-07   linux/usb/tmc.h         USB Test and Measurement Devices
                                        <mailto:gregkh@suse.de>
 'a'     all     linux/atm*.h, linux/sonet.h     ATM on linux
-                                        <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/linux-atm/magic.html>
+                                        <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/>
 'b'     00-FF                           conflict! bit3 vme host bridge
                                        <mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl>
 'b'     00-0F   media/bt819.h           conflict!
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Code  Seq#(hex)	Include File		Comments
 'k'     00-0F   linux/spi/spidev.h      conflict!
 'k'     00-05   video/kyro.h            conflict!
 'l'     00-3F   linux/tcfs_fs.h         transparent cryptographic file system
-                                        <http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
+                                        <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
 'l'     40-7F   linux/udf_fs_i.h        in development:
                                        <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linux-udf/>
 'm'     00-09   linux/mmtimer.h         conflict!
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Code  Seq#(hex)	Include File		Comments
                                        <mailto:giometti@linux.it>
 'q'     00-1F   linux/serio.h
 'q'     80-FF   linux/telephony.h       Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK
-                linux/ixjuser.h         <http://www.quicknet.net>
+                linux/ixjuser.h         <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net>
 'r'     00-1F   linux/msdos_fs.h and fs/fat/dir.c
 's'     all     linux/cdk.h
 't'     00-7F   linux/if_ppp.h
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Code  Seq#(hex)	Include File		Comments
 0x89    F0-FF   linux/sockios.h         SIOCDEVPRIVATE range
 0x8B    all     linux/wireless.h
 0x8C    00-3F                           WiNRADiO driver
-                                        <http://www.proximity.com.au/~brian/winradio/>
+                                        <http://www.winradio.com.au/>
 0x90    00      drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
 0x92    00-0F   drivers/usb/mon/mon_bin.c
 0x93    60-7F   linux/auto_fs.h
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
index f172091fb7cd..309eb5ed942b 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
@@ -113,12 +113,16 @@ char *driver_name
 int (*load_firmware)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, capiloaddata *ldata)
        (optional) pointer to a callback function for sending firmware and
        configuration data to the device
+        The function may return before the operation has completed.
+        Completion must be signalled by a call to capi_ctr_ready().
        Return value: 0 on success, error code on error
        Called in process context.
 void (*reset_ctr)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr)
-        (optional) pointer to a callback function for performing a reset on
+        (optional) pointer to a callback function for stopping the device,
-        the device, releasing all registered applications
+        releasing all registered applications
+        The function may return before the operation has completed.
+        Completion must be signalled by a call to capi_ctr_down().
        Called in process context.
 void (*register_appl)(struct capi_ctr *ctrlr, u16 applid,
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README b/Documentation/isdn/README
index 6783437f21c2..cfb1884342ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/README
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/README
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ README for the ISDN-subsystem
     http://www.mhessler.de/i4lfaq/
  It can be viewed online, or downloaded in sgml/text/html format.
  The FAQ can also be viewed online at
-     http://www.isdn4inux.de/faq/
+     http://www.isdn4linux.de/faq/
  or downloaded from
     ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/FAQ/
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax b/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax
index 031c8d814337..99e87a61897d 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Appendix: Teles PCMCIA driver
 -----------------------------
 See
-   http://www.stud.uni-wuppertal.de/~ea0141/pcmcia.html
+   http://www.linux.no/teles_cs.txt 
 for instructions.
 Appendix: Linux and ISDN-leased lines
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset
index e472df842323..ef3343eaa002 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
 1.2. Software
     --------
-     The driver works with ISDN4linux and so can be used with any software
+     The driver works with the Kernel CAPI subsystem as well as the old
-     which is able to use ISDN4linux for ISDN connections (voice or data).
+     ISDN4Linux subsystem, so it can be used with any software which is able
-     Experimental Kernel CAPI support is available as a compilation option.
+     to use CAPI 2.0 or ISDN4Linux for ISDN connections (voice or data).
     There are some user space tools available at
     http://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x/
@@ -152,61 +152,42 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
     - GIGVER_FWBASE: retrieve the firmware version of the base
     Upon return, version[] is filled with the requested version information.
-2.3. ISDN4linux
+2.3. CAPI
-     ----------
-     This is the "normal" mode of operation. After loading the module you can
-     set up the ISDN system just as you'd do with any ISDN card supported by
-     the ISDN4Linux subsystem. Most distributions provide some configuration
-     utility. If not, you can use some HOWTOs like
-         http://www.linuxhaven.de/dlhp/HOWTO/DE-ISDN-HOWTO-5.html
-     If this doesn't work, because you have some device like SX100 where
-     debug output (see section 3.2.) shows something like this when dialing
-         CMD Received: ERROR
-         Available Params: 0
-         Connection State: 0, Response: -1
-         gigaset_process_response: resp_code -1 in ConState 0 !
-         Timeout occurred
-     you probably need to use unimodem mode. (see section 2.5.)
-2.4. CAPI
     ----
     If the driver is compiled with CAPI support (kernel configuration option
-     GIGASET_CAPI, experimental) it can also be used with CAPI 2.0 kernel and
+     GIGASET_CAPI) the devices will show up as CAPI controllers as soon as the
-     user space applications. For user space access, the module capi.ko must
+     corresponding driver module is loaded, and can then be used with CAPI 2.0
-     be loaded. The capiinit command (included in the capi4k-utils package)
+     kernel and user space applications. For user space access, the module
-     does this for you.
+     capi.ko must be loaded.
-     The CAPI variant of the driver supports legacy ISDN4Linux applications
+     Legacy ISDN4Linux applications are supported via the capidrv
-     via the capidrv compatibility driver. The kernel module capidrv.ko must
+     compatibility driver. The kernel module capidrv.ko must be loaded
-     be loaded explicitly with the command
+     explicitly with the command
        modprobe capidrv
     if needed, and cannot be unloaded again without unloading the driver
     first. (These are limitations of capidrv.)
-     The note about unimodem mode in the preceding section applies here, too.
+     Most distributions handle loading and unloading of the various CAPI
+     modules automatically via the command capiinit(1) from the capi4k-utils
-2.5. Unimodem mode
+     package or a similar mechanism. Note that capiinit(1) cannot unload the
-     -------------
+     Gigaset drivers because it doesn't support more than one module per
-     This is needed for some devices [e.g. SX100] as they have problems with
+     driver.
-     the "normal" commands.
-     If you have installed the command line tool gigacontr, you can enter
+2.4. ISDN4Linux
-     unimodem mode using
+     ----------
-         gigacontr --mode unimodem
+     If the driver is compiled without CAPI support (native ISDN4Linux
-     You can switch back using
+     variant), it registers the device with the legacy ISDN4Linux subsystem
-         gigacontr --mode isdn
+     after loading the module. It can then be used with ISDN4Linux
+     applications only. Most distributions provide some configuration utility
+     for setting up that subsystem. Otherwise you can use some HOWTOs like
+         http://www.linuxhaven.de/dlhp/HOWTO/DE-ISDN-HOWTO-5.html
-     You can also put the driver directly into Unimodem mode when it's loaded,
-     by passing the module parameter startmode=0 to the hardware specific
-     module, e.g.
-        modprobe usb_gigaset startmode=0
-     or by adding a line like
-        options usb_gigaset startmode=0
-     to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
-     or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
+2.5. Unimodem mode
+     -------------
     In this mode the device works like a modem connected to a serial port
     (the /dev/ttyGU0, ... mentioned above) which understands the commands
         ATZ                 init, reset
             => OK or ERROR
         ATD
@@ -234,6 +215,31 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
     to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
     or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
+     Unimodem mode is needed for making some devices [e.g. SX100] work which
+     do not support the regular Gigaset command set. If debug output (see
+     section 3.2.) shows something like this when dialing:
+         CMD Received: ERROR
+         Available Params: 0
+         Connection State: 0, Response: -1
+         gigaset_process_response: resp_code -1 in ConState 0 !
+         Timeout occurred
+     then switching to unimodem mode may help.
+     If you have installed the command line tool gigacontr, you can enter
+     unimodem mode using
+         gigacontr --mode unimodem
+     You can switch back using
+         gigacontr --mode isdn
+     You can also put the driver directly into Unimodem mode when it's loaded,
+     by passing the module parameter startmode=0 to the hardware specific
+     module, e.g.
+        modprobe usb_gigaset startmode=0
+     or by adding a line like
+        options usb_gigaset startmode=0
+     to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset
+     or /etc/modprobe.conf.local.
 2.6. Call-ID (CID) mode
     ------------------
     Call-IDs are numbers used to tag commands to, and responses from, the
@@ -263,7 +269,22 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver
     change its CID mode while the driver is loaded, eg.
        echo 0 > /sys/class/tty/ttyGU0/cidmode
-2.7. Unregistered Wireless Devices (M101/M105)
+2.7. Dialing Numbers
+     ---------------
+     The called party number provided by an application for dialing out must
+     be a public network number according to the local dialing plan, without
+     any dial prefix for getting an outside line.
+     Internal calls can be made by providing an internal extension number
+     prefixed with "**" (two asterisks) as the called party number. So to dial
+     eg. the first registered DECT handset, give "**11" as the called party
+     number. Dialing "***" (three asterisks) calls all extensions
+     simultaneously (global call).
+     This holds for both CAPI 2.0 and ISDN4Linux applications. Unimodem mode
+     does not support internal calls.
+2.8. Unregistered Wireless Devices (M101/M105)
     -----------------------------------------
     The main purpose of the ser_gigaset and usb_gigaset drivers is to allow
     the M101 and M105 wireless devices to be used as ISDN devices for ISDN
diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
index 55476982b5ca..b63301a03811 100644
--- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ web サイトには、コードの構成、サブシステム、現在存在す�
 あなたがどこからスタートして良いかわからないが、Linux カーネル開発コミュ
 ニティに参加して何かすることをさがしている場合には、Linux kernel
 Janitor's プロジェクトにいけば良いでしょう -
-        http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+        http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
 ここはそのようなスタートをするのにうってつけの場所です。ここには、
 Linux カーネルソースツリーの中に含まれる、きれいにし、修正しなければな
 らない、単純な問題のリストが記述されています。このプロジェクトに関わる
diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches
index a9dc1243e859..f107c834d242 100644
--- a/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Quilt:
 http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt
 Andrew Morton's patch scripts:
-http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/
+http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
 このリンクの先のスクリプトの代わりとして、quilt がパッチマネジメント
 ツールとして推奨されています(上のリンクを見てください)。
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ VGER.KERNEL.ORG でホスティングされているメーリングリストの�
 ・移植性のないコードから移植性のあるコードへの置き換え(小さい範囲で
   あればアーキテクチャ特有のことでも他の人がコピーできます)
 ・作者やメンテナによる修正(すなわち patch monkey の再転送モード)
-URL: <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/bunk/trivial/>
+EMAIL: <trivial@kernel.org>
 7) MIME やリンクや圧縮ファイルや添付ファイルではなくプレインテキストのみ
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ gcc においては、マクロと同じくらい軽いです。
 ----------------------
 Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp).
-  <http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt>
+  <http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt>
 Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
  <http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
index 634c625da8ce..1e5165aa9e4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
@@ -22,11 +22,33 @@ building C files and assembler files.
 KAFLAGS
 --------------------------------------------------
-Additional options to the assembler.
+Additional options to the assembler (for built-in and modules).
+AFLAGS_MODULE
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional module specific options to use for $(AS).
+AFLAGS_KERNEL
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional options for $(AS) when used for assembler
+code for code that is compiled as built-in.
 KCFLAGS
 --------------------------------------------------
-Additional options to the C compiler.
+Additional options to the C compiler (for built-in and modules).
+CFLAGS_KERNEL
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional options for $(CC) when used to compile
+code that is compiled as built-in.
+CFLAGS_MODULE
+--------------------------------------------------
+Addtional module specific options to use for $(CC).
+LDFLAGS_MODULE
+--------------------------------------------------
+Additional options used for $(LD) when linking modules.
 KBUILD_VERBOSE
 --------------------------------------------------
@@ -40,15 +62,15 @@ Set the directory to look for the kernel source when building external
 modules.
 The directory can be specified in several ways:
 1) Use "M=..." on the command line
-2) Environmnet variable KBUILD_EXTMOD
+2) Environment variable KBUILD_EXTMOD
-3) Environmnet variable SUBDIRS
+3) Environment variable SUBDIRS
 The possibilities are listed in the order they take precedence.
 Using "M=..." will always override the others.
 KBUILD_OUTPUT
 --------------------------------------------------
 Specify the output directory when building the kernel.
-The output directory can also be specificed using "O=...".
+The output directory can also be specified using "O=...".
 Setting "O=..." takes precedence over KBUILD_OUTPUT.
 ARCH
@@ -90,7 +112,7 @@ The script will be called with the following arguments:
    $3 - kernel map file
    $4 - default install path (use root directory if blank)
-The implmentation of "make install" is architecture specific
+The implementation of "make install" is architecture specific
 and it may differ from the above.
 INSTALLKERNEL is provided to enable the possibility to
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
index b2cb16ebcb16..cca46b1a0f6c 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ also use the environment variable KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG as a flag or a
 filename that contains config symbols that the user requires to be
 set to a specific value.  If KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG is used without a
 filename, "make *config" checks for a file named
-"all{yes/mod/no/random}.config" (corresponding to the *config command
+"all{yes/mod/no/def/random}.config" (corresponding to the *config command
 that was used) for symbol values that are to be forced.  If this file
 is not found, it checks for a file named "all.config" to contain forced
 values.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 71c602d61680..c375313cb128 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
                #drivers/isdn/i4l/Makefile
                # Makefile for the kernel ISDN subsystem and device drivers.
                # Each configuration option enables a list of files.
-                obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN)             += isdn.o
+                obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN_I4L)         += isdn.o
                obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_BSDCOMP) += isdn_bsdcomp.o
 --- 3.3 Loadable module goals - obj-m
@@ -187,34 +187,35 @@ more details, with real examples.
        Note: In this example $(CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_BSDCOMP) evaluates to 'm'
        If a kernel module is built from several source files, you specify
-        that you want to build a module in the same way as above.
+        that you want to build a module in the same way as above; however,
+        kbuild needs to know which object files you want to build your
-        Kbuild needs to know which the parts that you want to build your
+        module from, so you have to tell it by setting a $(<module_name>-y)
-        module from, so you have to tell it by setting an
+        variable.
-        $(<module_name>-objs) variable.
        Example:
                #drivers/isdn/i4l/Makefile
-                obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN) += isdn.o
+                obj-$(CONFIG_ISDN_I4L) += isdn.o
-                isdn-objs := isdn_net_lib.o isdn_v110.o isdn_common.o
+                isdn-y := isdn_net_lib.o isdn_v110.o isdn_common.o
        In this example, the module name will be isdn.o. Kbuild will
-        compile the objects listed in $(isdn-objs) and then run
+        compile the objects listed in $(isdn-y) and then run
        "$(LD) -r" on the list of these files to generate isdn.o.
-        Kbuild recognises objects used for composite objects by the suffix
+        Due to kbuild recognizing $(<module_name>-y) for composite objects,
-        -objs, and the suffix -y. This allows the Makefiles to use
+        you can use the value of a CONFIG_ symbol to optionally include an
-        the value of a CONFIG_ symbol to determine if an object is part
+        object file as part of a composite object.
-        of a composite object.
        Example:
                #fs/ext2/Makefile
-                obj-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS)        += ext2.o
+                obj-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS) += ext2.o
-                ext2-y                       := balloc.o bitmap.o
+                ext2-y := balloc.o dir.o file.o ialloc.o inode.o ioctl.o \
-                ext2-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) += xattr.o
+                          namei.o super.o symlink.o
+                ext2-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) += xattr.o xattr_user.o \
+                                                xattr_trusted.o
-        In this example, xattr.o is only part of the composite object
+        In this example, xattr.o, xattr_user.o and xattr_trusted.o are only
-        ext2.o if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) evaluates to 'y'.
+        part of the composite object ext2.o if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR)
+        evaluates to 'y'.
        Note: Of course, when you are building objects into the kernel,
        the syntax above will also work. So, if you have CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y,
@@ -244,12 +245,12 @@ more details, with real examples.
        may contain both a built-in.o and a lib.a file.
        Example:
-                #arch/i386/lib/Makefile
+                #arch/x86/lib/Makefile
-                lib-y    := checksum.o delay.o
+                lib-y    := delay.o
-        This will create a library lib.a based on checksum.o and delay.o.
+        This will create a library lib.a based on delay.o. For kbuild to
-        For kbuild to actually recognize that there is a lib.a being built,
+        actually recognize that there is a lib.a being built, the directory
-        the directory shall be listed in libs-y.
+        shall be listed in libs-y.
        See also "6.3 List directories to visit when descending".
        Use of lib-y is normally restricted to lib/ and arch/*/lib.
@@ -284,43 +285,40 @@ more details, with real examples.
 --- 3.7 Compilation flags
    ccflags-y, asflags-y and ldflags-y
-        The three flags listed above applies only to the kbuild makefile
+        These three flags apply only to the kbuild makefile in which they
-        where they are assigned. They are used for all the normal
+        are assigned. They are used for all the normal cc, as and ld
-        cc, as and ld invocation happenign during a recursive build.
+        invocations happening during a recursive build.
        Note: Flags with the same behaviour were previously named:
        EXTRA_CFLAGS, EXTRA_AFLAGS and EXTRA_LDFLAGS.
-        They are yet supported but their use are deprecated.
+        They are still supported but their usage is deprecated.
-        ccflags-y specifies options for compiling C files with $(CC).
+        ccflags-y specifies options for compiling with $(CC).
        Example:
-                # drivers/sound/emu10k1/Makefile
+                # drivers/acpi/Makefile
-                ccflags-y += -I$(obj)
+                ccflags-y := -Os
-                ccflags-$(DEBUG) += -DEMU10K1_DEBUG
+                ccflags-$(CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG) += -DACPI_DEBUG_OUTPUT
        This variable is necessary because the top Makefile owns the
        variable $(KBUILD_CFLAGS) and uses it for compilation flags for the
        entire tree.
-        asflags-y is a similar string for per-directory options
+        asflags-y specifies options for assembling with $(AS).
-        when compiling assembly language source.
        Example:
-                #arch/x86_64/kernel/Makefile
+                #arch/sparc/kernel/Makefile
-                asflags-y := -traditional
+                asflags-y := -ansi
-        ldflags-y is a string for per-directory options to $(LD).
+        ldflags-y specifies options for linking with $(LD).
        Example:
-                #arch/m68k/fpsp040/Makefile
+                #arch/cris/boot/compressed/Makefile
-                ldflags-y := -x
+                ldflags-y += -T $(srctree)/$(src)/decompress_$(arch-y).lds
    subdir-ccflags-y, subdir-asflags-y
-        The two flags listed above are similar to ccflags-y and as-falgs-y.
+        The two flags listed above are similar to ccflags-y and asflags-y.
-        The difference is that the subdir- variants has effect for the kbuild
+        The difference is that the subdir- variants have effect for the kbuild
-        file where tey are present and all subdirectories.
+        file where they are present and all subdirectories.
        Options specified using subdir-* are added to the commandline before
        the options specified using the non-subdir variants.
@@ -340,18 +338,18 @@ more details, with real examples.
                CFLAGS_aha152x.o =   -DAHA152X_STAT -DAUTOCONF
                CFLAGS_gdth.o    = # -DDEBUG_GDTH=2 -D__SERIAL__ -D__COM2__ \
                                     -DGDTH_STATISTICS
-                CFLAGS_seagate.o =   -DARBITRATE -DPARITY -DSEAGATE_USE_ASM
-        These three lines specify compilation flags for aha152x.o,
+        These two lines specify compilation flags for aha152x.o and gdth.o.
-        gdth.o, and seagate.o
        $(AFLAGS_$@) is a similar feature for source files in assembly
        languages.
        Example:
                # arch/arm/kernel/Makefile
-                AFLAGS_head-armv.o := -DTEXTADDR=$(TEXTADDR) -traditional
+                AFLAGS_head.o        := -DTEXT_OFFSET=$(TEXT_OFFSET)
-                AFLAGS_head-armo.o := -DTEXTADDR=$(TEXTADDR) -traditional
+                AFLAGS_crunch-bits.o := -Wa,-mcpu=ep9312
+                AFLAGS_iwmmxt.o      := -Wa,-mcpu=iwmmxt
 --- 3.9 Dependency tracking
@@ -923,16 +921,33 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
        The first example utilises the trick that a config option expands
        to 'y' when selected.
-    CFLAGS_KERNEL       $(CC) options specific for built-in
+    KBUILD_AFLAGS_KERNEL        $(AS) options specific for built-in
+        $(KBUILD_AFLAGS_KERNEL) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile
+        resident kernel code.
+    KBUILD_AFLAGS_MODULE   Options for $(AS) when building modules
+        $(KBUILD_AFLAGS_MODULE) is used to add arch specific options that
+        are used for $(AS).
+        From commandline AFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
-        $(CFLAGS_KERNEL) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile
+    KBUILD_CFLAGS_KERNEL        $(CC) options specific for built-in
+        $(KBUILD_CFLAGS_KERNEL) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile
        resident kernel code.
-    CFLAGS_MODULE       $(CC) options specific for modules
+    KBUILD_CFLAGS_MODULE   Options for $(CC) when building modules
+        $(KBUILD_CFLAGS_MODULE) is used to add arch specific options that
+        are used for $(CC).
+        From commandline CFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
-        $(CFLAGS_MODULE) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile code
+    KBUILD_LDFLAGS_MODULE   Options for $(LD) when linking modules
-        for loadable kernel modules.
+        $(KBUILD_LDFLAGS_MODULE) is used to add arch specific options
+        used when linking modules. This is often a linker script.
+        From commandline LDFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
 --- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare:
@@ -1176,14 +1191,14 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
 === 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers
 The kernel include a set of headers that is exported to userspace.
-Many headers can be exported as-is but other headers requires  a
+Many headers can be exported as-is but other headers require a
 minimal pre-processing before they are ready for user-space.
 The pre-processing does:
 - drop kernel specific annotations
 - drop include of compiler.h
- drop all sections that is kernel internat (guarded by ifdef __KERNEL__)
+- drop all sections that are kernel internal (guarded by ifdef __KERNEL__)
-Each relevant directory contain a file name "Kbuild" which specify the
+Each relevant directory contains a file name "Kbuild" which specifies the
 headers to be exported.
 See subsequent chapter for the syntax of the Kbuild file.
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
index ec8d31ee12e0..715eaaf1519d 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
     * Title: "Conceptual Architecture of the Linux Kernel"
       Author: Ivan T. Bowman.
-       URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~itbowman/papers/CS746G-a1.html
+       URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/
       Keywords: conceptual software architecture, extracted design,
       reverse engineering, system structure.
       Description: Conceptual software architecture of the Linux kernel,
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
     * Title: "Concrete Architecture of the Linux Kernel"
       Author: Ivan T. Bowman, Saheem Siddiqi, and Meyer C. Tanuan.
-       URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~itbowman/papers/CS746G-a2.html
+       URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/
       Keywords: concrete architecture, extracted design, reverse
       engineering, system structure, dependencies.
       Description: Concrete architecture of the Linux kernel,
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
     * Title: "Linux as a Case Study: Its Extracted Software
       Architecture"
       Author: Ivan T. Bowman, Richard C. Holt and Neil V. Brewster.
-       URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~itbowman/papers/linuxcase.html
+       URL: http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/
       Keywords: software architecture, architecture recovery,
       redocumentation.
       Description: Paper appeared at ICSE'99, Los Angeles, May 16-22,
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
     * Title: "Overview of the Virtual File System"
       Author: Richard Gooch.
-       URL: http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/vfs.txt
+       URL: http://www.mjmwired.net/kernel/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
       Keywords: VFS, File System, mounting filesystems, opening files,
       dentries, dcache.
       Description: Brief introduction to the Linux Virtual File System.
@@ -267,15 +267,13 @@
     * Title: "Kernel API changes from 2.0 to 2.2"
       Author: Richard Gooch.
       URL:
-       http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/porting-to-2.2.html
+       http://www.linuxhq.com/guides/LKMPG/node28.html 
       Keywords: 2.2, changes.
       Description: Kernel functions/structures/variables which changed
       from 2.0.x to 2.2.x.
     * Title: "Kernel API changes from 2.2 to 2.4"
       Author: Richard Gooch.
-       URL:
-       http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/porting-to-2.4.html
       Keywords: 2.4, changes.
       Description: Kernel functions/structures/variables which changed
       from 2.2.x to 2.4.x.
@@ -290,7 +288,6 @@
       
     * Title: "I/O Event Handling Under Linux"
       Author: Richard Gooch.
-       URL: http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/io-events.html
       Keywords: IO, I/O, select(2), poll(2), FDs, aio_read(2), readiness
       event queues.
       Description: From the Introduction: "I/O Event handling is about
@@ -386,64 +383,64 @@
     * Title: "Porting Device Drivers To Linux 2.2: part II"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-06/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/238 
       Keywords: ports, porting.
       Description: Second part on porting from 2.0 to 2.2 kernels.
     * Title: "How To Make Sure Your Driver Will Work On The Power
       Macintosh"
       Author: Paul Mackerras.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-07/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/261
       Keywords: Mac, Power Macintosh, porting, drivers, compatibility.
       Description: The title says it all.
     * Title: "An Introduction to SCSI Drivers"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-08/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/284
       Keywords: SCSI, device, driver.
       Description: The title says it all.
     * Title: "Advanced SCSI Drivers And Other Tales"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-09/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/307
       Keywords: SCSI, device, driver, advanced.
       Description: The title says it all.
     * Title: "Writing Linux Mouse Drivers"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-10/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/330
       Keywords: mouse, driver, gpm.
       Description: The title says it all.
     * Title: "More on Mouse Drivers"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-11/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/356
       Keywords: mouse, driver, gpm, races, asynchronous I/O.
       Description: The title still says it all.
     * Title: "Writing Video4linux Radio Driver"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-12/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/381
       Keywords: video4linux, driver, radio, radio devices.
       Description: The title says it all.
     * Title: "Video4linux Drivers, Part 1: Video-Capture Device"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/2000-01/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/406
       Keywords: video4linux, driver, video capture, capture devices,
       camera driver.
       Description: The title says it all.
     * Title: "Video4linux Drivers, Part 2: Video-capture Devices"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/2000-02/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/429
       Keywords: video4linux, driver, video capture, capture devices,
       camera driver, control, query capabilities, capability, facility.
       Description: The title says it all.
     * Title: "PCI Management in Linux 2.2"
       Author: Alan Cox.
-       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/2000-03/gear_01.html
+       URL: http://www.linux-mag.com/id/452
       Keywords: PCI, bus, bus-mastering.
       Description: The title says it all.
@@ -502,7 +499,7 @@
       
     * Title: "A Linux vm README"
       Author: Kanoj Sarcar.
-       URL: http://reality.sgi.com/kanoj_engr/vm229.html
+       URL: http://kos.enix.org/pub/linux-vmm.html
       Keywords: virtual memory, mm, pgd, vma, page, page flags, page
       cache, swap cache, kswapd.
       Description: Telegraphic, short descriptions and definitions
@@ -659,7 +656,7 @@
     * Name: "Linux Kernel Source Reference"
       Author: Thomas Graichen.
-       URL: http://innominate.org/~graichen/projects/lksr/
+       URL: http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=96446640102205&w=4
       Keywords: CVS, web, cvsweb, browsing source code.
       Description: Web interface to a CVS server with the kernel
       sources. "Here you can have a look at any file of the Linux kernel
@@ -682,7 +679,7 @@
       produced during the week. Published every Thursday.
     * Name: "Kernel Traffic"
-       URL: http://kt.zork.net/kernel-traffic/
+       URL: http://kt.earth.li/kernel-traffic/index.html
       Keywords: linux-kernel mailing list, weekly kernel news.
       Description: Weekly newsletter covering the most relevant
       discussions of the linux-kernel mailing list.
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 1808f1157f30..71d286307cae 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ parameter is applicable:
        MTD     MTD (Memory Technology Device) support is enabled.
        NET     Appropriate network support is enabled.
        NUMA    NUMA support is enabled.
-        GENERIC_TIME The generic timeofday code is enabled.
        NFS     Appropriate NFS support is enabled.
        OSS     OSS sound support is enabled.
        PV_OPS  A paravirtualized kernel is enabled.
@@ -93,6 +92,7 @@ parameter is applicable:
                        Documentation/scsi/.
        SECURITY Different security models are enabled.
        SELINUX SELinux support is enabled.
+        APPARMOR AppArmor support is enabled.
        SERIAL  Serial support is enabled.
        SH      SuperH architecture is enabled.
        SMP     The kernel is an SMP kernel.
@@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ parameter is applicable:
                        More X86-64 boot options can be found in
                        Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt .
        X86     Either 32bit or 64bit x86 (same as X86-32+X86-64)
+        XEN     Xen support is enabled
 In addition, the following text indicates that the option:
@@ -254,8 +255,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        control method, with respect to putting devices into
                        low power states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering
                        of _PTS is used by default).
-                        s4_nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
+                        nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
-                        ACPI NVS memory during hibernation.
+                        ACPI NVS memory during suspend/hibernation and resume.
                        sci_force_enable causes the kernel to set SCI_EN directly
                        on resume from S1/S3 (which is against the ACPI spec,
                        but some broken systems don't work without it).
@@ -468,7 +469,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        clocksource is not available, it defaults to PIT.
                        Format: { pit | tsc | cyclone | pmtmr }
-        clocksource=    [GENERIC_TIME] Override the default clocksource
+        clocksource=    Override the default clocksource
                        Format: <string>
                        Override the default clocksource and use the clocksource
                        with the name specified.
@@ -1143,9 +1144,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
        kgdboc=         [KGDB,HW] kgdb over consoles.
                        Requires a tty driver that supports console polling,
                        or a supported polling keyboard driver (non-usb).
-                        Serial only format: <serial_device>[,baud]
+                         Serial only format: <serial_device>[,baud]
-                        keyboard only format: kbd
+                         keyboard only format: kbd
-                        keyboard and serial format: kbd,<serial_device>[,baud]
+                         keyboard and serial format: kbd,<serial_device>[,baud]
+                        Optional Kernel mode setting:
+                         kms, kbd format: kms,kbd
+                         kms, kbd and serial format: kms,kbd,<ser_dev>[,baud]
        kgdbwait        [KGDB] Stop kernel execution and enter the
                        kernel debugger at the earliest opportunity.
@@ -1265,7 +1269,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        If there are multiple matching configurations changing
                        the same attribute, the last one is used.
-        lmb=debug       [KNL] Enable lmb debug messages.
+        memblock=debug  [KNL] Enable memblock debug messages.
        load_ramdisk=   [RAM] List of ramdisks to load from floppy
                        See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.
@@ -1597,8 +1601,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        [NETFILTER] Enable connection tracking flow accounting
                        0 to disable accounting
                        1 to enable accounting
-                        Default value depends on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT that is
+                        Default value is 0.
-                        going to be removed in 2.6.29.
        nfsaddrs=       [NFS]
                        See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
@@ -1812,6 +1815,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
        nousb           [USB] Disable the USB subsystem
+        nowatchdog      [KNL] Disable the lockup detector.
        nowb            [ARM]
        nox2apic        [X86-64,APIC] Do not enable x2APIC mode.
@@ -1970,6 +1975,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                norom           [X86] Do not assign address space to
                                expansion ROMs that do not already have
                                BIOS assigned address ranges.
+                nobar           [X86] Do not assign address space to the
+                                BARs that weren't assigned by the BIOS.
                irqmask=0xMMMM  [X86] Set a bit mask of IRQs allowed to be
                                assigned automatically to PCI devices. You can
                                make the kernel exclude IRQs of your ISA cards
@@ -2048,7 +2055,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        WARNING: Forcing ASPM on may cause system lockups.
        pcie_pme=       [PCIE,PM] Native PCIe PME signaling options:
-                off     Do not use native PCIe PME signaling.
+                        Format: {auto|force}[,nomsi]
+                auto    Use native PCIe PME signaling if the BIOS allows the
+                        kernel to control PCIe config registers of root ports.
                force   Use native PCIe PME signaling even if the BIOS refuses
                        to allow the kernel to control the relevant PCIe config
                        registers.
@@ -2310,6 +2319,13 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        If enabled at boot time, /selinux/disable can be used
                        later to disable prior to initial policy load.
+        apparmor=       [APPARMOR] Disable or enable AppArmor at boot time
+                        Format: { "0" | "1" }
+                        See security/apparmor/Kconfig help text
+                        0 -- disable.
+                        1 -- enable.
+                        Default value is set via kernel config option.
        serialnumber    [BUGS=X86-32]
        shapers=        [NET]
@@ -2877,6 +2893,16 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
        xd=             [HW,XT] Original XT pre-IDE (RLL encoded) disks.
        xd_geo=         See header of drivers/block/xd.c.
+        xen_emul_unplug=                [HW,X86,XEN]
+                        Unplug Xen emulated devices
+                        Format: [unplug0,][unplug1]
+                        ide-disks -- unplug primary master IDE devices
+                        aux-ide-disks -- unplug non-primary-master IDE devices
+                        nics -- unplug network devices
+                        all -- unplug all emulated devices (NICs and IDE disks)
+                        ignore -- continue loading the Xen platform PCI driver even
+                                if the version check failed
        xirc2ps_cs=     [NET,PCMCIA]
                        Format:
                        <irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
index 029fca914c05..e3a55b6091e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ mtk.manpages@gmail.com의 메인테이너에게 보낼 것을 권장한다.
    올바른 패치들을 만드는 법에 관한 훌륭한 다른 문서들이 있다.
    "The Perfect Patch"
-        http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+        http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
    "Linux kernel patch submission format"
        http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Documentation/DocBook/ 디렉토리 내에서 만들어지며 PDF, Postscript, H
 여러분이 어디서 시작해야 할진 모르지만 커널 개발 커뮤니티에 참여할 수
 있는 일들을 찾길 원한다면 리눅스 커널 Janitor 프로젝트를 살펴봐라.
-         http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+        http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
 그곳은 시작하기에 훌륭한 장소이다. 그곳은 리눅스 커널 소스 트리내에
 간단히 정리되고 수정될 수 있는 문제들에 관하여 설명한다. 여러분은 이
 프로젝트를 대표하는 개발자들과 일하면서 자신의 패치를 리눅스 커널 트리에
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ Pat이라는 이름을 가진 여자가 있을 수도 있는 것이다. 리눅�
 이것이 무엇인지 더 자세한 것을 알고 싶다면 다음 문서의 ChageLog 항을 봐라.
   "The Perfect Patch"
-    http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+    http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Pat이라는 이름을 가진 여자가 있을 수도 있는 것이다. 리눅�
 ----------
-"개발 프로세스"(http://linux.tar.gz/articles/2.6-development_process) 섹션을
+"개발 프로세스"(http://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) 섹션을
 작성하는데 있어 참고할 문서를 사용하도록 허락해준 Paolo Ciarrocchi에게
 감사한다. 여러분들이 말해야 할 것과 말해서는 안되는 것의 목록 중 일부를 제공해준
 Randy Dunlap과 Gerrit Huizenga에게 감사한다. 또한 검토와 의견 그리고
diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.txt b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
index 6653017680dd..1762b81fcdf2 100644
--- a/Documentation/kprobes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ architectures:
 - sparc64 (Return probes not yet implemented.)
 - arm
 - ppc
+- mips
 3. Configuring Kprobes
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
index a237518e51b9..5f5b64982b1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
@@ -126,6 +126,10 @@ user fills in the size of the indices array in nmsrs, and in return
 kvm adjusts nmsrs to reflect the actual number of msrs and fills in
 the indices array with their numbers.
+Note: if kvm indicates supports MCE (KVM_CAP_MCE), then the MCE bank MSRs are
+not returned in the MSR list, as different vcpus can have a different number
+of banks, as set via the KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE ioctl.
 4.4 KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION
 Capability: basic
@@ -160,29 +164,7 @@ Type: vm ioctl
 Parameters: struct kvm_memory_region (in)
 Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
-struct kvm_memory_region {
+This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed.
-        __u32 slot;
-        __u32 flags;
-        __u64 guest_phys_addr;
-        __u64 memory_size; /* bytes */
-};
-/* for kvm_memory_region::flags */
-#define KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES  1UL
-This ioctl allows the user to create or modify a guest physical memory
-slot.  When changing an existing slot, it may be moved in the guest
-physical memory space, or its flags may be modified.  It may not be
-resized.  Slots may not overlap.
-The flags field supports just one flag, KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES, which
-instructs kvm to keep track of writes to memory within the slot.  See
-the KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG ioctl.
-It is recommended to use the KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION ioctl instead
-of this API, if available.  This newer API allows placing guest memory
-at specified locations in the host address space, yielding better
-control and easy access.
 4.6 KVM_CREATE_VCPU
@@ -226,17 +208,7 @@ Type: vm ioctl
 Parameters: struct kvm_memory_alias (in)
 Returns: 0 (success), -1 (error)
-struct kvm_memory_alias {
+This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed.
-        __u32 slot;  /* this has a different namespace than memory slots */
-        __u32 flags;
-        __u64 guest_phys_addr;
-        __u64 memory_size;
-        __u64 target_phys_addr;
-};
-Defines a guest physical address space region as an alias to another
-region.  Useful for aliased address, for example the VGA low memory
-window. Should not be used with userspace memory.
 4.9 KVM_RUN
@@ -892,6 +864,174 @@ arguments.
 This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP.  Without an in-kernel
 irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace.
+4.39 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR
+Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vm ioctl
+Parameters: unsigned long identity (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+This ioctl defines the physical address of a one-page region in the guest
+physical address space.  The region must be within the first 4GB of the
+guest physical address space and must not conflict with any memory slot
+or any mmio address.  The guest may malfunction if it accesses this memory
+region.
+This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts.  This is needed on Intel hardware
+because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals
+documentation when it pops into existence).
+4.40 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
+Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
+Architectures: x86, ia64
+Type: vm ioctl
+Parameters: unsigned long vcpu_id
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+Define which vcpu is the Bootstrap Processor (BSP).  Values are the same
+as the vcpu id in KVM_CREATE_VCPU.  If this ioctl is not called, the default
+is vcpu 0.
+4.41 KVM_GET_XSAVE
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (out)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+struct kvm_xsave {
+        __u32 region[1024];
+};
+This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xsave struct to the userspace.
+4.42 KVM_SET_XSAVE
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xsave (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+struct kvm_xsave {
+        __u32 region[1024];
+};
+This ioctl would copy userspace's xsave struct to the kernel.
+4.43 KVM_GET_XCRS
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (out)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+struct kvm_xcr {
+        __u32 xcr;
+        __u32 reserved;
+        __u64 value;
+};
+struct kvm_xcrs {
+        __u32 nr_xcrs;
+        __u32 flags;
+        struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS];
+        __u64 padding[16];
+};
+This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xcrs to the userspace.
+4.44 KVM_SET_XCRS
+Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vcpu ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_xcrs (in)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+struct kvm_xcr {
+        __u32 xcr;
+        __u32 reserved;
+        __u64 value;
+};
+struct kvm_xcrs {
+        __u32 nr_xcrs;
+        __u32 flags;
+        struct kvm_xcr xcrs[KVM_MAX_XCRS];
+        __u64 padding[16];
+};
+This ioctl would set vcpu's xcr to the value userspace specified.
+4.45 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID
+Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID
+Architectures: x86
+Type: system ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_cpuid2 (in/out)
+Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
+struct kvm_cpuid2 {
+        __u32 nent;
+        __u32 padding;
+        struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 entries[0];
+};
+#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX 1
+#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC    2
+#define KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT  4
+struct kvm_cpuid_entry2 {
+        __u32 function;
+        __u32 index;
+        __u32 flags;
+        __u32 eax;
+        __u32 ebx;
+        __u32 ecx;
+        __u32 edx;
+        __u32 padding[3];
+};
+This ioctl returns x86 cpuid features which are supported by both the hardware
+and kvm.  Userspace can use the information returned by this ioctl to
+construct cpuid information (for KVM_SET_CPUID2) that is consistent with
+hardware, kernel, and userspace capabilities, and with user requirements (for
+example, the user may wish to constrain cpuid to emulate older hardware,
+or for feature consistency across a cluster).
+Userspace invokes KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID by passing a kvm_cpuid2 structure
+with the 'nent' field indicating the number of entries in the variable-size
+array 'entries'.  If the number of entries is too low to describe the cpu
+capabilities, an error (E2BIG) is returned.  If the number is too high,
+the 'nent' field is adjusted and an error (ENOMEM) is returned.  If the
+number is just right, the 'nent' field is adjusted to the number of valid
+entries in the 'entries' array, which is then filled.
+The entries returned are the host cpuid as returned by the cpuid instruction,
+with unknown or unsupported features masked out.  The fields in each entry
+are defined as follows:
+  function: the eax value used to obtain the entry
+  index: the ecx value used to obtain the entry (for entries that are
+         affected by ecx)
+  flags: an OR of zero or more of the following:
+        KVM_CPUID_FLAG_SIGNIFCANT_INDEX:
+           if the index field is valid
+        KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC:
+           if cpuid for this function returns different values for successive
+           invocations; there will be several entries with the same function,
+           all with this flag set
+        KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATE_READ_NEXT:
+           for KVM_CPUID_FLAG_STATEFUL_FUNC entries, set if this entry is
+           the first entry to be read by a cpu
+   eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for
+         this function/index combination
 5. The kvm_run structure
 Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
index aaed6ab9d7ab..142cc5136650 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ Memory
 Guest memory (gpa) is part of the user address space of the process that is
 using kvm.  Userspace defines the translation between guest addresses and user
-addresses (gpa->hva); note that two gpas may alias to the same gva, but not
+addresses (gpa->hva); note that two gpas may alias to the same hva, but not
 vice versa.
-These gvas may be backed using any method available to the host: anonymous
+These hvas may be backed using any method available to the host: anonymous
 memory, file backed memory, and device memory.  Memory might be paged by the
 host at any time.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information:
  role.cr4_pae:
    Contains the value of cr4.pae for which the page is valid (e.g. whether
    32-bit or 64-bit gptes are in use).
-  role.cr4_nxe:
+  role.nxe:
    Contains the value of efer.nxe for which the page is valid.
  role.cr0_wp:
    Contains the value of cr0.wp for which the page is valid.
@@ -180,7 +180,9 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information:
    guest pages as leaves.
  gfns:
    An array of 512 guest frame numbers, one for each present pte.  Used to
-    perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn.
+    perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn. When role.direct is set, any
+    element of this array can be calculated from the gfn field when used, in
+    this case, the array of gfns is not allocated. See role.direct and gfn.
  slot_bitmap:
    A bitmap containing one bit per memory slot.  If the page contains a pte
    mapping a page from memory slot n, then bit n of slot_bitmap will be set
@@ -296,6 +298,48 @@ Host translation updates:
  - look up affected sptes through reverse map
  - drop (or update) translations
+Emulating cr0.wp
+================
+If tdp is not enabled, the host must keep cr0.wp=1 so page write protection
+works for the guest kernel, not guest guest userspace.  When the guest
+cr0.wp=1, this does not present a problem.  However when the guest cr0.wp=0,
+we cannot map the permissions for gpte.u=1, gpte.w=0 to any spte (the
+semantics require allowing any guest kernel access plus user read access).
+We handle this by mapping the permissions to two possible sptes, depending
+on fault type:
+- kernel write fault: spte.u=0, spte.w=1 (allows full kernel access,
+  disallows user access)
+- read fault: spte.u=1, spte.w=0 (allows full read access, disallows kernel
+  write access)
+(user write faults generate a #PF)
+Large pages
+===========
+The mmu supports all combinations of large and small guest and host pages.
+Supported page sizes include 4k, 2M, 4M, and 1G.  4M pages are treated as
+two separate 2M pages, on both guest and host, since the mmu always uses PAE
+paging.
+To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied:
+- the spte must point to a large host page
+- the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is
+  enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisified)
+- if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any
+  write-protected pages
+- the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot
+To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->write_count set of
+arrays for each memory slot and large page size.  Every write protected page
+causes its write_count to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of
+a large spte.  The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have
+artificically inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated.
 Further reading
 ===============
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8ddcfe84c09a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+KVM-specific MSRs.
+Glauber Costa <glommer@redhat.com>, Red Hat Inc, 2010
+=====================================================
+KVM makes use of some custom MSRs to service some requests.
+At present, this facility is only used by kvmclock.
+Custom MSRs have a range reserved for them, that goes from
+0x4b564d00 to 0x4b564dff. There are MSRs outside this area,
+but they are deprecated and their use is discouraged.
+Custom MSR list
+--------
+The current supported Custom MSR list is:
+MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW:   0x4b564d00
+        data: 4-byte alignment physical address of a memory area which must be
+        in guest RAM. This memory is expected to hold a copy of the following
+        structure:
+        struct pvclock_wall_clock {
+                u32   version;
+                u32   sec;
+                u32   nsec;
+        } __attribute__((__packed__));
+        whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor. The hypervisor is only
+        guaranteed to update this data at the moment of MSR write.
+        Users that want to reliably query this information more than once have
+        to write more than once to this MSR. Fields have the following meanings:
+                version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing
+                time information and check that they are both equal and even.
+                An odd version indicates an in-progress update.
+                sec: number of seconds for wallclock.
+                nsec: number of nanoseconds for wallclock.
+        Note that although MSRs are per-CPU entities, the effect of this
+        particular MSR is global.
+        Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+        leaf prior to usage.
+MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW:  0x4b564d01
+        data: 4-byte aligned physical address of a memory area which must be in
+        guest RAM, plus an enable bit in bit 0. This memory is expected to hold
+        a copy of the following structure:
+        struct pvclock_vcpu_time_info {
+                u32   version;
+                u32   pad0;
+                u64   tsc_timestamp;
+                u64   system_time;
+                u32   tsc_to_system_mul;
+                s8    tsc_shift;
+                u8    flags;
+                u8    pad[2];
+        } __attribute__((__packed__)); /* 32 bytes */
+        whose data will be filled in by the hypervisor periodically. Only one
+        write, or registration, is needed for each VCPU. The interval between
+        updates of this structure is arbitrary and implementation-dependent.
+        The hypervisor may update this structure at any time it sees fit until
+        anything with bit0 == 0 is written to it.
+        Fields have the following meanings:
+                version: guest has to check version before and after grabbing
+                time information and check that they are both equal and even.
+                An odd version indicates an in-progress update.
+                tsc_timestamp: the tsc value at the current VCPU at the time
+                of the update of this structure. Guests can subtract this value
+                from current tsc to derive a notion of elapsed time since the
+                structure update.
+                system_time: a host notion of monotonic time, including sleep
+                time at the time this structure was last updated. Unit is
+                nanoseconds.
+                tsc_to_system_mul: a function of the tsc frequency. One has
+                to multiply any tsc-related quantity by this value to get
+                a value in nanoseconds, besides dividing by 2^tsc_shift
+                tsc_shift: cycle to nanosecond divider, as a power of two, to
+                allow for shift rights. One has to shift right any tsc-related
+                quantity by this value to get a value in nanoseconds, besides
+                multiplying by tsc_to_system_mul.
+                With this information, guests can derive per-CPU time by
+                doing:
+                        time = (current_tsc - tsc_timestamp)
+                        time = (time * tsc_to_system_mul) >> tsc_shift
+                        time = time + system_time
+                flags: bits in this field indicate extended capabilities
+                coordinated between the guest and the hypervisor. Availability
+                of specific flags has to be checked in 0x40000001 cpuid leaf.
+                Current flags are:
+                 flag bit   | cpuid bit    | meaning
+                -------------------------------------------------------------
+                            |              | time measures taken across
+                     0      |      24      | multiple cpus are guaranteed to
+                            |              | be monotonic
+                -------------------------------------------------------------
+        Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+        leaf prior to usage.
+MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK:  0x11
+        data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW. Use that instead.
+        This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the
+        future. Its usage is deprecated.
+        Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+        leaf prior to usage.
+MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME: 0x12
+        data and functioning: same as MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW. Use that instead.
+        This MSR falls outside the reserved KVM range and may be removed in the
+        future. Its usage is deprecated.
+        Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 0 in 0x4000001 cpuid
+        leaf prior to usage.
+        The suggested algorithm for detecting kvmclock presence is then:
+                if (!kvm_para_available())    /* refer to cpuid.txt */
+                        return NON_PRESENT;
+                flags = cpuid_eax(0x40000001);
+                if (flags & 3) {
+                        msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW;
+                        msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK_NEW;
+                        return PRESENT;
+                } else if (flags & 0) {
+                        msr_kvm_system_time = MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME;
+                        msr_kvm_wall_clock = MSR_KVM_WALL_CLOCK;
+                        return PRESENT;
+                } else
+                        return NON_PRESENT;
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt b/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..730475ae1b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Review checklist for kvm patches
+================================
+1.  The patch must follow Documentation/CodingStyle and
+    Documentation/SubmittingPatches.
+2.  Patches should be against kvm.git master branch.
+3.  If the patch introduces or modifies a new userspace API:
+    - the API must be documented in Documentation/kvm/api.txt
+    - the API must be discoverable using KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION
+4.  New state must include support for save/restore.
+5.  New features must default to off (userspace should explicitly request them).
+    Performance improvements can and should default to on.
+6.  New cpu features should be exposed via KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID2
+7.  Emulator changes should be accompanied by unit tests for qemu-kvm.git
+    kvm/test directory.
+8.  Changes should be vendor neutral when possible.  Changes to common code
+    are better than duplicating changes to vendor code.
+9.  Similarly, prefer changes to arch independent code than to arch dependent
+    code.
+10. User/kernel interfaces and guest/host interfaces must be 64-bit clean
+    (all variables and sizes naturally aligned on 64-bit; use specific types
+    only - u64 rather than ulong).
+11. New guest visible features must either be documented in a hardware manual
+    or be accompanied by documentation.
+12. Features must be robust against reset and kexec - for example, shared
+    host/guest memory must be unshared to prevent the host from writing to
+    guest memory that the guest has not reserved for this purpose.
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
index 0768fcc3ba3e..4beafa663dd6 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/acer-wmi.txt
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Credits
 *******
 Olaf Tauber, who did the real hard work when he developed acerhk
-http://www.informatik.hu-berlin.de/~tauber/acerhk
+http://www.cakey.de/acerhk/
 All the authors of laptop ACPI modules in the kernel, whose work
 was an inspiration in the early days of acer_acpi
 Mathieu Segaud, who solved the problem with having to modprobe the driver
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
index fc15538d8b46..f6f80257addb 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
@@ -960,70 +960,21 @@ Sysfs notes:
        subsystem, and follow all of the hwmon guidelines at
        Documentation/hwmon.
+EXPERIMENTAL: Embedded controller register dump
+-----------------------------------------------
-EXPERIMENTAL: Embedded controller register dump -- /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
+This feature is not included in the thinkpad driver anymore.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Instead the EC can be accessed through /sys/kernel/debug/ec with
+a userspace tool which can be found here:
-This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec
-directly accesses hardware registers and may not work as expected. USE
-WITH CAUTION! To use this feature, you need to supply the
-experimental=1 parameter when loading the module.
-This feature dumps the values of 256 embedded controller
-registers. Values which have changed since the last time the registers
-were dumped are marked with a star:
-[root@x40 ibm-acpi]# cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
-EC       +00 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +08 +09 +0a +0b +0c +0d +0e +0f
-EC 0x00:  a7  47  87  01  fe  96  00  08  01  00  cb  00  00  00  40  00
-EC 0x10:  00  00  ff  ff  f4  3c  87  09  01  ff  42  01  ff  ff  0d  00
-EC 0x20:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  03  43  00  00  80
-EC 0x30:  01  07  1a  00  30  04  00  00 *85  00  00  10  00  50  00  00
-EC 0x40:  00  00  00  00  00  00  14  01  00  04  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0x50:  00  c0  02  0d  00  01  01  02  02  03  03  03  03 *bc *02 *bc
-EC 0x60: *02 *bc *02  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0x70:  00  00  00  00  00  12  30  40 *24 *26 *2c *27 *20  80 *1f  80
-EC 0x80:  00  00  00  06 *37 *0e  03  00  00  00  0e  07  00  00  00  00
-EC 0x90:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xa0: *ff  09  ff  09  ff  ff *64  00 *00 *00 *a2  41 *ff *ff *e0  00
-EC 0xb0:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xc0:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xd0:  03  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xe0:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  11  20  49  04  24  06  55  03
-EC 0xf0:  31  55  48  54  35  38  57  57  08  2f  45  73  07  65  6c  1a
-This feature can be used to determine the register holding the fan
-speed on some models. To do that, do the following:
+Use it to determine the register holding the fan
+speed on some models. To do that, do the following:
        - make sure the battery is fully charged
        - make sure the fan is running
-        - run 'cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump' several times, once per second or so
+        - use above mentioned tool to read out the EC
-The first step makes sure various charging-related values don't
+Often fan and temperature values vary between
-vary. The second ensures that the fan-related values do vary, since
-the fan speed fluctuates a bit. The third will (hopefully) mark the
-fan register with a star:
-[root@x40 ibm-acpi]# cat /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
-EC       +00 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +08 +09 +0a +0b +0c +0d +0e +0f
-EC 0x00:  a7  47  87  01  fe  96  00  08  01  00  cb  00  00  00  40  00
-EC 0x10:  00  00  ff  ff  f4  3c  87  09  01  ff  42  01  ff  ff  0d  00
-EC 0x20:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  03  43  00  00  80
-EC 0x30:  01  07  1a  00  30  04  00  00  85  00  00  10  00  50  00  00
-EC 0x40:  00  00  00  00  00  00  14  01  00  04  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0x50:  00  c0  02  0d  00  01  01  02  02  03  03  03  03  bc  02  bc
-EC 0x60:  02  bc  02  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0x70:  00  00  00  00  00  12  30  40  24  27  2c  27  21  80  1f  80
-EC 0x80:  00  00  00  06 *be  0d  03  00  00  00  0e  07  00  00  00  00
-EC 0x90:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xa0:  ff  09  ff  09  ff  ff  64  00  00  00  a2  41  ff  ff  e0  00
-EC 0xb0:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xc0:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xd0:  03  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00
-EC 0xe0:  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  00  11  20  49  04  24  06  55  03
-EC 0xf0:  31  55  48  54  35  38  57  57  08  2f  45  73  07  65  6c  1a
-Another set of values that varies often is the temperature
 readings. Since temperatures don't change vary fast, you can take
 several quick dumps to eliminate them.
diff --git a/Documentation/ldm.txt b/Documentation/ldm.txt
index 718085bc9f1a..4f80edd14d0a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ldm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ldm.txt
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ More Documentation
 There is an Overview of the LDM together with complete Technical Documentation.
 It is available for download.
-  http://www.linux-ntfs.org/content/view/19/37/
+  http://www.linux-ntfs.org/
 If you have any LDM questions that aren't answered in the documentation, email
 me.
diff --git a/Documentation/md.txt b/Documentation/md.txt
index e4e893ef3e01..a81c7b4790f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/md.txt
+++ b/Documentation/md.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Tools that manage md devices can be found at
-   http://www.<country>.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/raid/....
+   http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/raid/ 
 Boot time assembly of RAID arrays
diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt
index d9bf93ea4398..ea7344465610 100644
--- a/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt
+++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ The C2 Interface main references are at (http://www.silabs.com)
 Silicon Laboratories site], see:
 - AN127: FLASH Programming via the C2 Interface at
-http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/anote/Microcontrollers/Small_Form_Factor/en/an127.pdf, and
+http://www.silabs.com/Support Documents/TechnicalDocs/an127.pdf 
 - C2 Specification at
-http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/spec/Microcontrollers/en/C2spec.pdf,
+http://www.silabs.com/pages/DownloadDoc.aspx?FILEURL=Support%20Documents/TechnicalDocs/an127.pdf&src=SearchResults
 however it implements a two wire serial communication protocol (bit
 banging) designed to enable in-system programming, debugging, and
diff --git a/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt b/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt
index 274821b35a7f..990efd7a9818 100644
--- a/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ ECC 1   rp15  rp14  rp13  rp12  rp11  rp10  rp09  rp08
 ECC 2   cp5   cp4   cp3   cp2   cp1   cp0      1     1
 I detected after writing this that ST application note AN1823
-(http://www.st.com/stonline/books/pdf/docs/10123.pdf) gives a much
+(http://www.st.com/stonline/) gives a much
 nicer picture.(but they use line parity as term where I use row parity)
 Oh well, I'm graphically challenged, so suffer with me for a moment :-)
 And I could not reuse the ST picture anyway for copyright reasons.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
index 3c45d5dcd63b..dcc9eaf59395 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ models:
 Large portions of this documentation were heavily borrowed from the guide
 written the original author of the 3c509 driver, Donald Becker. The master
 copy of that document, which contains notes on older versions of the driver,
-currently resides on Scyld web server: http://www.scyld.com/network/3c509.html.
+currently resides on Scyld web server: http://www.scyld.com/.
 (1) Special Driver Features
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100 b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100
index f3fcaa41f774..6f85e1d06031 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100
+++ b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100
@@ -72,8 +72,7 @@ such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
 solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please
 obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
-http://support.intel.com/support/notebook/sb/CS-006408.htm
+http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/sb/CS-006408.htm
 1. Introduction
 -----------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200 b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
index 80c728522c4c..616a8e540b0b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
+++ b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
 solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please 
 obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
-http://support.intel.com/support/notebook/sb/CS-006408.htm
+http://support.intel.com
 1.   Introduction
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Where the supported parameter are:
  
  led
        Can be used to turn on experimental LED code.
-        0 = Off, 1 = On.  Default is 0.
+        0 = Off, 1 = On.  Default is 1.
  mode
        Can be used to set the default mode of the adapter.  
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000 b/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000
index f82d42584e98..f92c2aac56a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000
+++ b/Documentation/networking/README.sb1000
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ cable modem easy.
   in Franco's original source code distribution .tar.gz file.  Support for
   the sb1000 driver can be found at:
-      http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html
+      http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html
-      http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/
+      http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/
   along with these utilities.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt b/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt
index 796012540386..9ff579502151 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ REAL NAME" to listserv@tichy.ch.uj.edu.pl.  Then, to submit messages to the
 list, mail to linux-arcnet@tichy.ch.uj.edu.pl.
 There are archives of the mailing list at:
-        http://tichy.ch.uj.edu.pl/lists/linux-arcnet
+        http://epistolary.org/mailman/listinfo.cgi/arcnet
 The people on linux-net@vger.kernel.org have also been known to be very
 helpful, especially when we're talking about ALPHA Linux kernels that may or
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Other Drivers and Info
 ----------------------
 You can try my ARCNET page on the World Wide Web at:
-        http://www.worldvisions.ca/~apenwarr/arcnet/
+        http://www.qis.net/~jschmitz/arcnet/    
 Also, SMC (one of the companies that makes ARCnet cards) has a WWW site you
 might be interested in, which includes several drivers for various cards
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
index 61f516b135b4..d2b62b71b617 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ Table of Contents
 3.3     Configuring Bonding Manually with Ifenslave
 3.3.1           Configuring Multiple Bonds Manually
 3.4     Configuring Bonding Manually via Sysfs
+3.5     Overriding Configuration for Special Cases
 4. Querying Bonding Configuration
 4.1     Bonding Configuration
@@ -1318,8 +1319,87 @@ echo 2000 > /sys/class/net/bond1/bonding/arp_interval
 echo +eth2 > /sys/class/net/bond1/bonding/slaves
 echo +eth3 > /sys/class/net/bond1/bonding/slaves
+3.5 Overriding Configuration for Special Cases
-4. Querying Bonding Configuration 
+----------------------------------------------
+When using the bonding driver, the physical port which transmits a frame is
+typically selected by the bonding driver, and is not relevant to the user or
+system administrator.  The output port is simply selected using the policies of
+the selected bonding mode.  On occasion however, it is helpful to direct certain
+classes of traffic to certain physical interfaces on output to implement
+slightly more complex policies.  For example, to reach a web server over a
+bonded interface in which eth0 connects to a private network, while eth1
+connects via a public network, it may be desirous to bias the bond to send said
+traffic over eth0 first, using eth1 only as a fall back, while all other traffic
+can safely be sent over either interface.  Such configurations may be achieved
+using the traffic control utilities inherent in linux.
+By default the bonding driver is multiqueue aware and 16 queues are created
+when the driver initializes (see Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt
+for details).  If more or less queues are desired the module parameter
+tx_queues can be used to change this value.  There is no sysfs parameter
+available as the allocation is done at module init time.
+The output of the file /proc/net/bonding/bondX has changed so the output Queue
+ID is now printed for each slave:
+Bonding Mode: fault-tolerance (active-backup)
+Primary Slave: None
+Currently Active Slave: eth0
+MII Status: up
+MII Polling Interval (ms): 0
+Up Delay (ms): 0
+Down Delay (ms): 0
+Slave Interface: eth0
+MII Status: up
+Link Failure Count: 0
+Permanent HW addr: 00:1a:a0:12:8f:cb
+Slave queue ID: 0
+Slave Interface: eth1
+MII Status: up
+Link Failure Count: 0
+Permanent HW addr: 00:1a:a0:12:8f:cc
+Slave queue ID: 2
+The queue_id for a slave can be set using the command:
+# echo "eth1:2" > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/queue_id
+Any interface that needs a queue_id set should set it with multiple calls
+like the one above until proper priorities are set for all interfaces.  On
+distributions that allow configuration via initscripts, multiple 'queue_id'
+arguments can be added to BONDING_OPTS to set all needed slave queues.
+These queue id's can be used in conjunction with the tc utility to configure
+a multiqueue qdisc and filters to bias certain traffic to transmit on certain
+slave devices.  For instance, say we wanted, in the above configuration to
+force all traffic bound to 192.168.1.100 to use eth1 in the bond as its output
+device. The following commands would accomplish this:
+# tc qdisc add dev bond0 handle 1 root multiq
+# tc filter add dev bond0 protocol ip parent 1: prio 1 u32 match ip dst \
+        192.168.1.100 action skbedit queue_mapping 2
+These commands tell the kernel to attach a multiqueue queue discipline to the
+bond0 interface and filter traffic enqueued to it, such that packets with a dst
+ip of 192.168.1.100 have their output queue mapping value overwritten to 2.
+This value is then passed into the driver, causing the normal output path
+selection policy to be overridden, selecting instead qid 2, which maps to eth1.
+Note that qid values begin at 1.  Qid 0 is reserved to initiate to the driver
+that normal output policy selection should take place.  One benefit to simply
+leaving the qid for a slave to 0 is the multiqueue awareness in the bonding
+driver that is now present.  This awareness allows tc filters to be placed on
+slave devices as well as bond devices and the bonding driver will simply act as
+a pass-through for selecting output queues on the slave device rather than 
+output port selection.
+This feature first appeared in bonding driver version 3.7.0 and support for
+output slave selection was limited to round-robin and active-backup modes.
+4 Querying Bonding Configuration
 =================================
 4.1 Bonding Configuration
@@ -2432,7 +2512,7 @@ be found at:
 https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/bonding-devel
 Donald Becker's Ethernet Drivers and diag programs may be found at :
- - http://www.scyld.com/network/
+ - http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.scyld.com/network/ 
 You will also find a lot of information regarding Ethernet, NWay, MII,
 etc. at www.scyld.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt b/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..61d7c9247453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+- CAIF SPI porting -
+- CAIF SPI basics:
+Running CAIF over SPI needs some extra setup, owing to the nature of SPI.
+Two extra GPIOs have been added in order to negotiate the transfers
+ between the master and the slave. The minimum requirement for running
+CAIF over SPI is a SPI slave chip and two GPIOs (more details below).
+Please note that running as a slave implies that you need to keep up
+with the master clock. An overrun or underrun event is fatal.
+- CAIF SPI framework:
+To make porting as easy as possible, the CAIF SPI has been divided in
+two parts. The first part (called the interface part) deals with all
+generic functionality such as length framing, SPI frame negotiation
+and SPI frame delivery and transmission. The other part is the CAIF
+SPI slave device part, which is the module that you have to write if
+you want to run SPI CAIF on a new hardware. This part takes care of
+the physical hardware, both with regard to SPI and to GPIOs.
+- Implementing a CAIF SPI device:
+        - Functionality provided by the CAIF SPI slave device:
+        In order to implement a SPI device you will, as a minimum,
+        need to implement the following
+        functions:
+        int (*init_xfer) (struct cfspi_xfer * xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev):
+        This function is called by the CAIF SPI interface to give
+        you a chance to set up your hardware to be ready to receive
+        a stream of data from the master. The xfer structure contains
+        both physical and logical adresses, as well as the total length
+        of the transfer in both directions.The dev parameter can be used
+        to map to different CAIF SPI slave devices.
+        void (*sig_xfer) (bool xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev):
+        This function is called by the CAIF SPI interface when the output
+        (SPI_INT) GPIO needs to change state. The boolean value of the xfer
+        variable indicates whether the GPIO should be asserted (HIGH) or
+        deasserted (LOW). The dev parameter can be used to map to different CAIF
+        SPI slave devices.
+        - Functionality provided by the CAIF SPI interface:
+        void (*ss_cb) (bool assert, struct cfspi_ifc *ifc);
+        This function is called by the CAIF SPI slave device in order to
+        signal a change of state of the input GPIO (SS) to the interface.
+        Only active edges are mandatory to be reported.
+        This function can be called from IRQ context (recommended in order
+        not to introduce latency). The ifc parameter should be the pointer
+        returned from the platform probe function in the SPI device structure.
+        void (*xfer_done_cb) (struct cfspi_ifc *ifc);
+        This function is called by the CAIF SPI slave device in order to
+        report that a transfer is completed. This function should only be
+        called once both the transmission and the reception are completed.
+        This function can be called from IRQ context (recommended in order
+        not to introduce latency). The ifc parameter should be the pointer
+        returned from the platform probe function in the SPI device structure.
+        - Connecting the bits and pieces:
+                - Filling in the SPI slave device structure:
+                Connect the necessary callback functions.
+                Indicate clock speed (used to calculate toggle delays).
+                Chose a suitable name (helps debugging if you use several CAIF
+                SPI slave devices).
+                Assign your private data (can be used to map to your structure).
+                - Filling in the SPI slave platform device structure:
+                Add name of driver to connect to ("cfspi_sspi").
+                Assign the SPI slave device structure as platform data.
+- Padding:
+In order to optimize throughput, a number of SPI padding options are provided.
+Padding can be enabled independently for uplink and downlink transfers.
+Padding can be enabled for the head, the tail and for the total frame size.
+The padding needs to be correctly configured on both sides of the link.
+The padding can be changed via module parameters in cfspi_sspi.c or via
+the sysfs directory of the cfspi_sspi driver (before device registration).
+- CAIF SPI device template:
+/*
+ *      Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson AB 2010
+ *      Author: Daniel Martensson / Daniel.Martensson@stericsson.com
+ *      License terms: GNU General Public License (GPL), version 2.
+ *
+ */
+#include <linux/init.h>
+#include <linux/module.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+#include <linux/interrupt.h>
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+#include <net/caif/caif_spi.h>
+MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
+struct sspi_struct {
+        struct cfspi_dev sdev;
+        struct cfspi_xfer *xfer;
+};
+static struct sspi_struct slave;
+static struct platform_device slave_device;
+static irqreturn_t sspi_irq(int irq, void *arg)
+{
+        /* You only need to trigger on an edge to the active state of the
+         * SS signal. Once a edge is detected, the ss_cb() function should be
+         * called with the parameter assert set to true. It is OK
+         * (and even advised) to call the ss_cb() function in IRQ context in
+         * order not to add any delay. */
+        return IRQ_HANDLED;
+}
+static void sspi_complete(void *context)
+{
+        /* Normally the DMA or the SPI framework will call you back
+         * in something similar to this. The only thing you need to
+         * do is to call the xfer_done_cb() function, providing the pointer
+         * to the CAIF SPI interface. It is OK to call this function
+         * from IRQ context. */
+}
+static int sspi_init_xfer(struct cfspi_xfer *xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev)
+{
+        /* Store transfer info. For a normal implementation you should
+         * set up your DMA here and make sure that you are ready to
+         * receive the data from the master SPI. */
+        struct sspi_struct *sspi = (struct sspi_struct *)dev->priv;
+        sspi->xfer = xfer;
+        return 0;
+}
+void sspi_sig_xfer(bool xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev)
+{
+        /* If xfer is true then you should assert the SPI_INT to indicate to
+         * the master that you are ready to recieve the data from the master
+         * SPI. If xfer is false then you should de-assert SPI_INT to indicate
+         * that the transfer is done.
+         */
+        struct sspi_struct *sspi = (struct sspi_struct *)dev->priv;
+}
+static void sspi_release(struct device *dev)
+{
+        /*
+         * Here you should release your SPI device resources.
+         */
+}
+static int __init sspi_init(void)
+{
+        /* Here you should initialize your SPI device by providing the
+         * necessary functions, clock speed, name and private data. Once
+         * done, you can register your device with the
+         * platform_device_register() function. This function will return
+         * with the CAIF SPI interface initialized. This is probably also
+         * the place where you should set up your GPIOs, interrupts and SPI
+         * resources. */
+        int res = 0;
+        /* Initialize slave device. */
+        slave.sdev.init_xfer = sspi_init_xfer;
+        slave.sdev.sig_xfer = sspi_sig_xfer;
+        slave.sdev.clk_mhz = 13;
+        slave.sdev.priv = &slave;
+        slave.sdev.name = "spi_sspi";
+        slave_device.dev.release = sspi_release;
+        /* Initialize platform device. */
+        slave_device.name = "cfspi_sspi";
+        slave_device.dev.platform_data = &slave.sdev;
+        /* Register platform device. */
+        res = platform_device_register(&slave_device);
+        if (res) {
+                printk(KERN_WARNING "sspi_init: failed to register dev.\n");
+                return -ENODEV;
+        }
+        return res;
+}
+static void __exit sspi_exit(void)
+{
+        platform_device_del(&slave_device);
+}
+module_init(sspi_init);
+module_exit(sspi_exit);
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt b/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
index d8968958d839..e12a4900cf72 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 1) Other documentation....
   o Project Home Pages
-       http://www.chygwyn.com/DECnet/                      - Kernel info
+       http://www.chygwyn.com/                              - Kernel info
       http://linux-decnet.sourceforge.net/                - Userland tools
       http://www.sourceforge.net/projects/linux-decnet/   - Status page
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt
index b1f337f0f4ca..6e0d2a9613ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ version. Alternative binary firmware images can be found somewhere on the
 ForeThought CD-ROM supplied with your adapter by FORE Systems.
 You can also get the latest firmware images from FORE Systems at
-http://www.fore.com. Register TACTics Online and go to
+http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FORE_Systems. Register TACTics Online and go to
 the 'software updates' pages. The firmware binaries are part of
 the various ForeThought software distributions.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index d0536b5a4e01..f350c69b2bb4 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ arp_ignore - INTEGER
 arp_notify - BOOLEAN
        Define mode for notification of address and device changes.
        0 - (default): do nothing
-        1 - Generate gratuitous arp replies when device is brought up
+        1 - Generate gratuitous arp requests when device is brought up
            or hardware address changes.
 arp_accept - BOOLEAN
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt b/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt
index 661a5558dd8e..ba5c217fffe0 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt
@@ -36,11 +36,6 @@ AppleTalk-IP to IP decapsulation.
 Basic instructions for user space tools
 =======================================
-To enable AppleTalk-IP decapsulation/encapsulation you will need the 
-proper tools. You can get the tools for decapsulation from
-http://spacs1.spacs.k12.wi.us/~jschlst/index.html and for encapsulation
-from http://www.maths.unm.edu/~bradford/ltpc.html
 I will briefly describe the operation of the tools, but you will
 need to consult the supporting documentation for each set of tools.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt b/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt
index 55eac4a784e2..670b72f16585 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/iphase.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ The features and limitations of this driver are as follows:
    - All variants of Interphase ATM PCI (i)Chip adapter cards are supported, 
      including x575 (OC3, control memory 128K , 512K and packet memory 128K, 
      512K and 1M), x525 (UTP25) and x531 (DS3 and E3). See 
-      http://www.iphase.com/site/iphase-web/?epi_menuItemID=e196f04b4b3b40502f150882e21046a0
+      http://www.iphase.com/
      for details.
    - Only x86 platforms are supported.
    - SMP is supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
index 98f71a5cef00..073894d1c093 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ capture network traffic with utilities like tcpdump or any other that needs
 raw access to network interface.
 You can find the latest version of this document at:
-    http://pusa.uv.es/~ulisses/packet_mmap/
+    http://wiki.ipxwarzone.com/index.php5?title=Linux_packet_mmap
 Howto can be found at:
    http://wiki.gnu-log.net (packet_mmap)
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ support for PACKET_MMAP, and also probably the libpcap included in your distribu
 I'm aware of two implementations of PACKET_MMAP in libpcap:
-    http://pusa.uv.es/~ulisses/packet_mmap/  (by Simon Patarin, based on libpcap 0.6.2)
+    http://wiki.ipxwarzone.com/              (by Simon Patarin, based on libpcap 0.6.2)
    http://public.lanl.gov/cpw/              (by Phil Wood, based on lastest libpcap)
 The rest of this document is intended for people who want to understand
@@ -493,6 +493,32 @@ The user can also use poll() to check if a buffer is available:
    pfd.events = POLLOUT;
    retval = poll(&pfd, 1, timeout);
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ PACKET_TIMESTAMP
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The PACKET_TIMESTAMP setting determines the source of the timestamp in
+the packet meta information.  If your NIC is capable of timestamping
+packets in hardware, you can request those hardware timestamps to used.
+Note: you may need to enable the generation of hardware timestamps with
+SIOCSHWTSTAMP.
+PACKET_TIMESTAMP accepts the same integer bit field as
+SO_TIMESTAMPING.  However, only the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE
+and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE values are recognized by
+PACKET_TIMESTAMP.  SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE takes precedence over
+SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE if both bits are set.
+    int req = 0;
+    req |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE;
+    setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_TIMESTAMP, (void *) &req, sizeof(req))
+If PACKET_TIMESTAMP is not set, a software timestamp generated inside
+the networking stack is used (the behavior before this setting was added).
+See include/linux/net_tstamp.h and Documentation/networking/timestamping
+for more information on hardware timestamps.
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 + THANKS
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
index 61bb645d50e0..75e4fd708ccb 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
@@ -151,6 +151,8 @@ Examples:
 pgset stop               aborts injection. Also, ^C aborts generator.
+ pgset "rate 300M"        set rate to 300 Mb/s
+ pgset "ratep 1000000"    set rate to 1Mpps
 Example scripts
 ===============
@@ -241,6 +243,9 @@ src6
 flows
 flowlen
+rate
+ratep
 References:
 ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/
 ftp://robur.slu.se/pub/Linux/net-development/pktgen-testing/examples/
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt b/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt
index 145d27a52395..c0c12307ed9d 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ wireless LAN cards.
 As of kernel 2.3.18, the ray_cs driver is part of the Linux kernel
 source.  My web page for the development of ray_cs is at
-http://world.std.com/~corey/raylink.html and I can be emailed at
+http://web.ralinktech.com/ralink/Home/Support/Linux.html 
-corey@world.std.com
+and I can be emailed at corey@world.std.com
 The kernel driver is based on ray_cs-1.62.tgz
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
index c3d6b4d5d014..9d4e0f4df5a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ bring down CPU utilization.
 ** For AMD opteron platforms with 8131 chipset, MMRBC=1 and MOST=1 are 
 recommended as safe parameters.
 For more information, please review the AMD8131 errata at
-http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/26310.pdf
+http://vip.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/
+26310_AMD-8131_HyperTransport_PCI-X_Tunnel_Revision_Guide_rev_3_18.pdf
 6.  Available Downloads
 Neterion "s2io" driver in Red Hat and Suse 2.6-based distributions is kept up 
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt b/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt
index 7e6aa5b20c37..34550dfcef74 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tlan.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 (C) 1998 James Banks
 (C) 1999-2001 Torben Mathiasen <tmm@image.dk, torben.mathiasen@compaq.com>
-For driver information/updates visit http://opensource.compaq.com
+For driver information/updates visit http://www.compaq.com
 TLAN driver for Linux, version 1.14a
@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ III.  Things to try if you have problems.
 There is also a tlan mailing list which you can join by sending "subscribe tlan"
 in the body of an email to majordomo@vuser.vu.union.edu.
-There is also a tlan website at http://opensource.compaq.com
+There is also a tlan website at http://www.compaq.com
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
index 855d8da57a23..d727a3829100 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/udplite.txt
@@ -11,11 +11,13 @@
  This file briefly describes the existing kernel support and the socket API.
  For in-depth information, you can consult:
-   o The UDP-Lite Homepage: http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
+   o The UDP-Lite Homepage:
+        http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/ 
       From here you can also download some example application source code.
   o The UDP-Lite HOWTO on
-       http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/files/UDP-Lite-HOWTO.txt
+       http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/
+        files/UDP-Lite-HOWTO.txt
   o The Wireshark UDP-Lite WiKi (with capture files):
       http://wiki.wireshark.org/Lightweight_User_Datagram_Protocol
@@ -26,12 +28,7 @@
  I) APPLICATIONS
  Several applications have been ported successfully to UDP-Lite. Ethereal
-  (now called wireshark) has UDP-Litev4/v6 support by default. The tarball on
+  (now called wireshark) has UDP-Litev4/v6 support by default. 
-   http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/udp-lite/files/udplite_linux.tar.gz
-  has source code for several v4/v6 client-server and network testing examples.
  Porting applications to UDP-Lite is straightforward: only socket level and
  IPPROTO need to be changed; senders additionally set the checksum coverage
  length (default = header length = 8). Details are in the next section.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt b/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt
index afa6e521c685..90e0ac4e15da 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt
@@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ and a Lucent Modem, and NOT 802.11 compatible.
 -----------------
        o Config :      Not yet in kernel
        o Location :    Pcmcia package 3.1.10+
-        o on-line doc : http://www.fasta.fh-dortmund.de/users/andy/wvlan/
+        o on-line doc :
+        http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.fasta.fh-dortmund.de/users/andy/wvlan/  
        This is the driver for the current generation of Wavelan IEEE,
 which is 802.11 compatible. Depending on version, it is 2 Mb/s or 11
diff --git a/Documentation/padata.txt b/Documentation/padata.txt
index 269d7d0d8335..473ebf22cd69 100644
--- a/Documentation/padata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/padata.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 The padata parallel execution mechanism
-Last updated for 2.6.34
+Last updated for 2.6.36
 Padata is a mechanism by which the kernel can farm work out to be done in
 parallel on multiple CPUs while retaining the ordering of tasks.  It was
@@ -13,31 +13,86 @@ overall control of how tasks are to be run:
    #include <linux/padata.h>
-    struct padata_instance *padata_alloc(const struct cpumask *cpumask,
+    struct padata_instance *padata_alloc(struct workqueue_struct *wq,
-                                         struct workqueue_struct *wq);
+                                         const struct cpumask *pcpumask,
+                                         const struct cpumask *cbcpumask);
-The cpumask describes which processors will be used to execute work
+The pcpumask describes which processors will be used to execute work
-submitted to this instance.  The workqueue wq is where the work will
+submitted to this instance in parallel. The cbcpumask defines which
-actually be done; it should be a multithreaded queue, naturally.
+processors are allowed to use as the serialization callback processor.
+The workqueue wq is where the work will actually be done; it should be
+a multithreaded queue, naturally.
+To allocate a padata instance with the cpu_possible_mask for both
+cpumasks this helper function can be used:
+    struct padata_instance *padata_alloc_possible(struct workqueue_struct *wq);
+Note: Padata maintains two kinds of cpumasks internally. The user supplied
+cpumasks, submitted by padata_alloc/padata_alloc_possible and the 'usable'
+cpumasks. The usable cpumasks are always the subset of active cpus in the
+user supplied cpumasks, these are the cpumasks padata actually use. So
+it is legal to supply a cpumask to padata that contains offline cpus.
+Once a offline cpu in the user supplied cpumask comes online, padata
+is going to use it.
 There are functions for enabling and disabling the instance:
-    void padata_start(struct padata_instance *pinst);
+    int padata_start(struct padata_instance *pinst);
    void padata_stop(struct padata_instance *pinst);
-These functions literally do nothing beyond setting or clearing the
+These functions are setting or clearing the "PADATA_INIT" flag;
-"padata_start() was called" flag; if that flag is not set, other functions
+if that flag is not set, other functions will refuse to work.
-will refuse to work.
+padata_start returns zero on success (flag set) or -EINVAL if the
+padata cpumask contains no active cpu (flag not set).
+padata_stop clears the flag and blocks until the padata instance
+is unused.
 The list of CPUs to be used can be adjusted with these functions:
-    int padata_set_cpumask(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+    int padata_set_cpumasks(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+                            cpumask_var_t pcpumask,
+                            cpumask_var_t cbcpumask);
+    int padata_set_cpumask(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpumask_type,
                           cpumask_var_t cpumask);
-    int padata_add_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu);
+    int padata_add_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu, int mask);
-    int padata_remove_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu);
+    int padata_remove_cpu(struct padata_instance *pinst, int cpu, int mask);
+Changing the CPU masks are expensive operations, though, so it should not be
+done with great frequency.
+It's possible to change both cpumasks of a padata instance with
+padata_set_cpumasks by specifying the cpumasks for parallel execution (pcpumask)
+and for the serial callback function (cbcpumask). padata_set_cpumask is to
+change just one of the cpumasks. Here cpumask_type is one of PADATA_CPU_SERIAL,
+PADATA_CPU_PARALLEL and cpumask specifies the new cpumask to use.
+To simply add or remove one cpu from a certain cpumask the functions
+padata_add_cpu/padata_remove_cpu are used. cpu specifies the cpu to add or
+remove and mask is one of PADATA_CPU_SERIAL, PADATA_CPU_PARALLEL.
+If a user is interested in padata cpumask changes, he can register to
+the padata cpumask change notifier:
+    int padata_register_cpumask_notifier(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+                                         struct notifier_block *nblock);
+To unregister from that notifier:
+    int padata_unregister_cpumask_notifier(struct padata_instance *pinst,
+                                           struct notifier_block *nblock);
+The padata cpumask change notifier notifies about changes of the usable
+cpumasks, i.e. the subset of active cpus in the user supplied cpumask.
+Padata calls the notifier chain with:
+    blocking_notifier_call_chain(&pinst->cpumask_change_notifier,
+                                 notification_mask,
+                                 &pd_new->cpumask);
-Changing the CPU mask has the look of an expensive operation, though, so it
+Here cpumask_change_notifier is registered notifier, notification_mask
-probably should not be done with great frequency.
+is one of PADATA_CPU_SERIAL, PADATA_CPU_PARALLEL and cpumask is a pointer
+to a struct padata_cpumask that contains the new cpumask informations.
 Actually submitting work to the padata instance requires the creation of a
 padata_priv structure:
@@ -50,7 +105,7 @@ padata_priv structure:
 This structure will almost certainly be embedded within some larger
 structure specific to the work to be done.  Most its fields are private to
-padata, but the structure should be zeroed at initialization time, and the
+padata, but the structure should be zeroed at initialisation time, and the
 parallel() and serial() functions should be provided.  Those functions will
 be called in the process of getting the work done as we will see
 momentarily.
@@ -63,12 +118,10 @@ The submission of work is done with:
 The pinst and padata structures must be set up as described above; cb_cpu
 specifies which CPU will be used for the final callback when the work is
 done; it must be in the current instance's CPU mask.  The return value from
-padata_do_parallel() is a little strange; zero is an error return
+padata_do_parallel() is zero on success, indicating that the work is in
-indicating that the caller forgot the padata_start() formalities.  -EBUSY
+progress. -EBUSY means that somebody, somewhere else is messing with the
-means that somebody, somewhere else is messing with the instance's CPU
+instance's CPU mask, while -EINVAL is a complaint about cb_cpu not being
-mask, while -EINVAL is a complaint about cb_cpu not being in that CPU mask.
+in that CPU mask or about a not running instance.
-If all goes well, this function will return -EINPROGRESS, indicating that
-the work is in progress.
 Each task submitted to padata_do_parallel() will, in turn, be passed to
 exactly one call to the above-mentioned parallel() function, on one CPU, so
diff --git a/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt b/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
index 61bc4e943116..26c0f9c00545 100644
--- a/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,16 @@
 This file details changes in 2.6 which affect PCMCIA card driver authors:
+* pcmcia_request_io changes (as of 2.6.36)
+   Instead of io_req_t, drivers are now requested to fill out
+   struct pcmcia_device *p_dev->resource[0,1] for up to two ioport
+   ranges. After a call to pcmcia_request_io(), the ports found there
+   are reserved, after calling pcmcia_request_configuration(), they may
+   be used.
+* No dev_info_t, no cs_types.h (as of 2.6.36)
+   dev_info_t and a few other typedefs are removed. No longer use them
+   in PCMCIA device drivers. Also, do not include pcmcia/cs_types.h, as
+   this file is gone.
 * No dev_node_t (as of 2.6.35)
   There is no more need to fill out a "dev_node_t" structure.
diff --git a/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt b/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt
index 1bd799dc17e8..6cc423d3662e 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt
@@ -28,5 +28,5 @@ and be sure that they are started sometime in the system boot process.
 Go ahead and start both.  If ACPI or APM is not available on your
 system the associated daemon will exit gracefully.
-  apmd:   http://worldvisions.ca/~apenwarr/apmd/
+  apmd:   http://ftp.debian.org/pool/main/a/apmd/
  acpid:  http://acpid.sf.net/
diff --git a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt
index 1555001bc733..ddd78172ef73 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt
@@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ use the PM_TRACE mechanism documented in Documentation/s2ram.txt .
 To verify that the STR works, it is generally more convenient to use the s2ram
 tool available from http://suspend.sf.net and documented at
-http://en.opensuse.org/s2ram .  However, before doing that it is recommended to
+http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Suspend_to_RAM.
-carry out STR testing using the facility described in section 1.
 Namely, after writing "freezer", "devices", "platform", "processors", or "core"
 into /sys/power/pm_test (available if the kernel is compiled with
diff --git a/Documentation/power/tricks.txt b/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
index 3b26bb502a4a..a1b8f7249f4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
        swsusp/S3 tricks
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
 If you want to trick swsusp/S3 into working, you might want to try:
diff --git a/Documentation/power/video.txt b/Documentation/power/video.txt
index 2b358498d095..3e6272bc4472 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/video.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/video.txt
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ There are a few types of systems where video works after S3 resume:
  POSTing bios works. Ole Rohne has patch to do just that at
  http://dev.gentoo.org/~marineam/patch-radeonfb-2.6.11-rc2-mm2.
-(8) on some systems, you can use the video_post utility mentioned here:
+(8) on some systems, you can use the video_post utility and or 
-  http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3670. Do echo 3 > /sys/power/state
+  do echo 3 > /sys/power/state  && /usr/sbin/video_post - which will 
-  && /usr/sbin/video_post - which will initialize the display in console mode.
+  initialize the display in console mode. If you are in X, you can switch
-  If  you are in X, you can switch to a virtual terminal and back to X using
+  to a virtual terminal and back to X using  CTRL+ALT+F1 - CTRL+ALT+F7 to get
-  CTRL+ALT+F1 - CTRL+ALT+F7 to get the display working in graphical mode again.
+  the display working in graphical mode again.
 Now, if you pass acpi_sleep=something, and it does not work with your
 bios, you'll get a hard crash during resume. Be careful. Also it is
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Mainboard	    Graphics card                 hack (or "how to do it")
 Asus A7V8X          nVidia RIVA TNT2 model 64     s3_bios,s3_mode (4)
-(*) from http://www.ubuntulinux.org/wiki/HoaryPMResults, not sure
+(*) from https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HoaryPMResults, not sure
    which options to use. If you know, please tell me.
 (***) To be tested with a newer kernel.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
index 46d22105aa07..568fa08e82e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ IV - "dtc", the device tree compiler
 dtc source code can be found at
-<http://ozlabs.org/~dgibson/dtc/dtc.tar.gz>
+<http://git.jdl.com/gitweb/?p=dtc.git>
 WARNING: This version is still in early development stage; the
 resulting device-tree "blobs" have not yet been validated with the
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
index deb35de70988..b66cb6d31d69 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
@@ -4,10 +4,17 @@ The Freescale DIU is a LCD controller, with proper hardware, it can also
 drive DVI monitors.
 Required properties:
- compatible : should be "fsl-diu".
+- compatible : should be "fsl,diu" or "fsl,mpc5121-diu".
 - reg : should contain at least address and length of the DIU register
  set.
- Interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be describe here.
+- interrupts : one DIU interrupt should be described here.
+- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+  services interrupts for this device.
+Optional properties:
+- edid : verbatim EDID data block describing attached display.
+  Data from the detailed timing descriptor will be used to
+  program the display controller.
 Example (MPC8610HPCD):
        display@2c000 {
@@ -16,3 +23,12 @@ Example (MPC8610HPCD):
                interrupts = <72 2>;
                interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
        };
+Example for MPC5121:
+        display@2100 {
+                compatible = "fsl,mpc5121-diu";
+                reg = <0x2100 0x100>;
+                interrupts = <64 0x8>;
+                interrupt-parent = <&ipic>;
+                edid = [edid-data];
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
index 50da20310585..1eacd6b20ed5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Recommended properties :
 - fsl,preserve-clocking : boolean; if defined, the clock settings
   from the bootloader are preserved (not touched).
 - clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+ - fsl,timeout : I2C bus timeout in microseconds.
 Examples :
@@ -59,4 +60,5 @@ Examples :
                interrupts = <43 2>;
                interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
                clock-frequency = <400000>;
+                fsl,timeout = <10000>;
        };
diff --git a/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt b/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt
index 8df0b782c4d7..33ed8007a845 100644
--- a/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ process this is rather easy to know what needs to be adjusted.
 The functions implementing the task adjustments are rt_mutex_adjust_prio,
 __rt_mutex_adjust_prio (same as the former, but expects the task pi_lock
-to already be taken), rt_mutex_get_prio, and rt_mutex_setprio.
+to already be taken), rt_mutex_getprio, and rt_mutex_setprio.
 rt_mutex_getprio and rt_mutex_setprio are only used in __rt_mutex_adjust_prio.
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
index 1eb576a023bd..86f9f74b2b34 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
@@ -2531,5 +2531,5 @@ Special Thanks
 ==============
 Special thanks to Neale Ferguson who maintains a much
 prettier HTML version of this page at
-http://penguinvm.princeton.edu/notes.html#Debug390
+http://linuxvm.org/penguinvm/
 Bob Grainger Stefan Bader & others for reporting bugs
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt
index 98023baa0f0d..d7fbc9488b98 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ tune driver performance and error recovery to their particular needs.
 The latest information on Linux support for BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters, as
 well as the most recent release of this driver and the latest firmware for the
 BT-948/958/958D, will always be available from my Linux Home Page at URL
-"http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/".
+"http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion/".
 Bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com".  Please
 include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported by the
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
index e759e92e286d..337c924cc81f 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ Changes from 20040908 to 20040920
          lpfc_disc_done/lpfc_do_dpc cleanup - lpfc_disc_done can return
          void - move lpfc_do_dpc and lpfc_disc_done to lpfc_hbadisc.c -
          remove checking of list emptiness before calling lpfc_disc_done,
-          it handles the emtpy list case just fine and the additional
+          it handles the empty list case just fine and the additional
          instructions cost less then the bustlocked spinlock operations.
        * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: This adds a new 64bit
          counter instead, brd_no isn't reused anymore.  Also some tiny
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
index 38e9e7cadc90..5e07d320817d 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Older Version	: 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module)
 3.      Convert pci_module_init to pci_register_driver
        Convert from pci_module_init to pci_register_driver
-        (from:http://kerneljanitors.org/TODO)
+        (from:http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors/TODO)
                - Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
 4.      Use the pre defined DMA mask constants from dma-mapping.h
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt
index 1540a92f6d2b..5b5f29cb9f8b 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ operating system support to its BusLogic brand of FlashPoint Ultra SCSI
 host adapters.  All of BusLogic's other SCSI host adapters, including the
 MultiMaster line, currently support the Linux operating system.  Linux
 drivers and information will be available on October 15th at
-http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/.
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion/.
 "Mylex is committed to supporting the Linux community," says Peter Shambora,
 vice president of marketing for Mylex.  "We have supported Linux driver
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Linux is a freely-distributed implementation of UNIX for Intel x86, Sun
 SPARC, SGI MIPS, Motorola 68k, Digital Alpha AXP and Motorola PowerPC
 machines.  It supports a wide range of software, including the X Window
 System, Emacs, and TCP/IP networking.  Further information is available at
-http://www.linux.org and http://www.ssc.com/linux.
+http://www.linux.org and http://www.ssc.com/.
 FlashPoint Host Adapters
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt b/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt
index cdf69293f7d5..3797f3e6c2b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt
@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@ Please see the file README.BusLogic for information about Linux support for
 Mylex (formerly BusLogic) MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host Adapters.
 The Mylex DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers are now supported.  Please consult
-http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ for further information on the DAC960 driver.
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion for further information on the DAC960 driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
index 3229b64cf24e..ac8db8ceec77 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
@@ -3,8 +3,6 @@
 1. Comment
 This is Workbit corp.'s(http://www.workbit.co.jp/) NinjaSCSI-3
-(http://www.workbit.co.jp/ts/z_nj3r.html) and NinjaSCSI-32Bi
-(http://www.workbit.co.jp/ts/z_njsc32bi.html) PCMCIA card driver module
 for Linux.
 2. My Linux environment
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
index c014eccaf19f..16e054c9c70b 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
      http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/.
   Europe
-    - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec-europe.com/.
+    - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/_common/world_index.
    - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call, or email,
      * German:  +49 89 4366 5522, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET,
        http://ask-de.adaptec.com/.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
index b7e238cbb5a7..18f8d1905e6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
      http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/.
   Europe
-    - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec-europe.com/.
+    - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/_common/world_index.
    - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call, or email,
      * German:  +49 89 4366 5522, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET,
        http://ask-de.adaptec.com/.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dca658362cbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+HPSA - Hewlett Packard Smart Array driver
+-----------------------------------------
+This file describes the hpsa SCSI driver for HP Smart Array controllers.
+The hpsa driver is intended to supplant the cciss driver for newer
+Smart Array controllers.  The hpsa driver is a SCSI driver, while the
+cciss driver is a "block" driver.  Actually cciss is both a block
+driver (for logical drives) AND a SCSI driver (for tape drives). This
+"split-brained" design of the cciss driver is a source of excess
+complexity and eliminating that complexity is one of the reasons
+for hpsa to exist.
+Supported devices:
+------------------
+Smart Array P212
+Smart Array P410
+Smart Array P410i
+Smart Array P411
+Smart Array P812
+Smart Array P712m
+Smart Array P711m
+StorageWorks P1210m
+Additionally, older Smart Arrays may work with the hpsa driver if the kernel
+boot parameter "hpsa_allow_any=1" is specified, however these are not tested
+nor supported by HP with this driver.  For older Smart Arrays, the cciss
+driver should still be used.
+HPSA specific entries in /sys
+-----------------------------
+  In addition to the generic SCSI attributes available in /sys, hpsa supports
+  the following attributes:
+  HPSA specific host attributes:
+  ------------------------------
+  /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/rescan
+  /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/firmware_revision
+  the host "rescan" attribute is a write only attribute.  Writing to this
+  attribute will cause the driver to scan for new, changed, or removed devices
+  (e.g. hot-plugged tape drives, or newly configured or deleted logical drives,
+  etc.) and notify the SCSI midlayer of any changes detected.  Normally this is
+  triggered automatically by HP's Array Configuration Utility (either the GUI or
+  command line variety) so for logical drive changes, the user should not
+  normally have to use this.  It may be useful when hot plugging devices like
+  tape drives, or entire storage boxes containing pre-configured logical drives.
+  The "firmware_revision" attribute contains the firmware version of the Smart Array.
+  For example:
+        root@host:/sys/class/scsi_host/host4# cat firmware_revision
+        7.14
+  HPSA specific disk attributes:
+  ------------------------------
+  /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/unique_id
+  /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/raid_level
+  /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/lunid
+  (where c:b:t:l are the controller, bus, target and lun of the device)
+  For example:
+        root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat unique_id
+        600508B1001044395355323037570F77
+        root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat lunid
+        0x0000004000000000
+        root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat raid_level
+        RAID 0
+HPSA specific ioctls:
+---------------------
+  For compatibility with applications written for the cciss driver, many, but
+  not all of the ioctls supported by the cciss driver are also supported by the
+  hpsa driver.  The data structures used by these are described in
+  include/linux/cciss_ioctl.h
+  CCISS_DEREGDISK
+  CCISS_REGNEWDISK
+  CCISS_REGNEWD
+  The above three ioctls all do exactly the same thing, which is to cause the driver
+  to rescan for new devices.  This does exactly the same thing as writing to the
+  hpsa specific host "rescan" attribute.
+  CCISS_GETPCIINFO
+        Returns PCI domain, bus, device and function and "board ID" (PCI subsystem ID).
+  CCISS_GETDRIVVER
+        Returns driver version in three bytes encoded as:
+                (major_version << 16) | (minor_version << 8) | (subminor_version)
+  CCISS_PASSTHRU
+  CCISS_BIG_PASSTHRU
+        Allows "BMIC" and "CISS" commands to be passed through to the Smart Array.
+        These are used extensively by the HP Array Configuration Utility, SNMP storage
+        agents, etc.  See cciss_vol_status at http://cciss.sf.net for some examples.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
index 3920f28710c4..45d61ad8c6f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@
     Q: Where can I find the latest info about this driver?
     A: See the file MAINTAINERS for the current WWW-address, which offers
        updates, info and Q/A lists. At this file's origin, the webaddress
-        was: http://www.uni-mainz.de/~langm000/linux.html
+        was: http://www.staff.uni-mainz.de/mlang/linux.html
     Q: My SCSI-adapter is not recognized by the driver, what can I do?
     A: Just force it to be recognized by kernel parameters. See section 5.1.
        If this really happens, do also send e-mail to the maintainer, as
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
index 2b21890bc983..ad86c6d1e898 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ The driver development is coordinated through a mailing list
 a CVS repository and some web pages. 
 The tester's pages which contain recent news and updated drivers to download
 can be found on
-http://linux1.onstream.nl/test/
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/osst/
 If you find any problems, please have a look at the tester's page in order
 to see whether the problem is already known and solved. Otherwise, please
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
index 067ac394e0b2..05ff47dbe8d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 -------- Terse where to get ZIP Drive help info --------
 General Iomega ZIP drive page for Linux:
-http://www.torque.net/~campbell/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/~campbell/
 Driver archive for old drivers:
-http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa
 Linux Parport page (parallel port)
-http://www.torque.net/parport/
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/parport/
 Email list for Linux Parport
 linux-parport@torque.net
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt
index c38e2b3648e4..0a22ab8ea0c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-Generic-HOWTO
 This describes the sg version 3 driver found in the lk 2.4 series.
 The LDP renders documents in single and multiple page HTML, postscript
 and pdf. This document can also be found at:
-http://www.torque.net/sg/p/sg_v3_ho.html
+http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/sg_v3_ho.html
 Documentation for the version 2 sg driver found in the lk 2.2 series can
-be found at http://www.torque.net/sg/p/scsi-generic.txt . A larger version
+be found at http://sg.danny.cz/sg/. A larger version
-is at:  http://www.torque.net/sg/p/scsi-generic_long.txt .
+is at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/scsi-generic_long.txt.
 The original documentation for the sg driver (prior to lk 2.2.6) can be
 found at http://www.torque.net/sg/p/original/SCSI-Programming-HOWTO.txt
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ There are two packages of sg utilities:
  - sg_utils    for the sg version 2 (and original) driver found in lk 2.2
                and earlier
 Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more
-capabilities. They can be found at: http://www.torque.net/sg and 
+capabilities. They can be found at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sg3_utils.html and 
 freshmeat.net
 Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt
index dd1bbf4e98e3..3d99d38cb62a 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ The Linux Documentation Project (LDP) maintains a document describing
 the SCSI subsystem in the Linux kernel (lk) 2.4 series. See:
 http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO . The LDP has single
 and multiple page HTML renderings as well as postscript and pdf.
-It can also be found at http://www.torque.net/scsi/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO .
+It can also be found at:
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/scsi/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO
 Notes on using modules in the SCSI subsystem
 ============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
index de67229251d8..570ef2b3d79b 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ There is a SCSI documentation directory within the kernel source tree,
 typically Documentation/scsi . Most documents are in plain
 (i.e. ASCII) text. This file is named scsi_mid_low_api.txt and can be 
 found in that directory. A more recent copy of this document may be found
-at http://www.torque.net/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt.gz . 
+at http://web.archive.org/web/20070107183357rn_1/sg.torque.net/scsi/. 
 Many LLDs are documented there (e.g. aic7xxx.txt). The SCSI mid-level is
 briefly described in scsi.txt which contains a url to a document 
 describing the SCSI subsystem in the lk 2.4 series. Two upper level 
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
index 5337e80a5b96..d10443918684 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
+++ b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Content
   GNU General Public License in this version. Please refer to GNU General
   Public License announcement in each source code file for more detail.
-   In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://web.moxa.com.
+   In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://www.moxa.com/.
   This version of driver can be installed as Loadable Module (Module driver)
   or built-in into kernel (Static driver). You may refer to following
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index 2075bbb8b3e2..7f4dcebda9c6 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
    about this driver.  Note that it has been discontinued, but the 
    Voyetra Turtle Beach knowledge base entry for it is still available
    at
-        http://www.turtlebeach.com/site/kb_ftp/790.asp
+        http://www.turtlebeach.com
  Module snd-msnd-pinnacle
  ------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
index bdafdbd32561..278cc2122ea0 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ compare the codec registers directly.
 Send a bug report either the followings:
 kernel-bugzilla::
-  http://bugme.linux-foundation.org/
+  https://bugzilla.kernel.org/
 alsa-devel ML::
  alsa-devel@alsa-project.org
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt
index 0ebd7ea9706c..c9679264c559 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ frame (FRAME) (usually 48kHz) is always driven by the controller. Each AC97
 frame is 21uS long and is divided into 13 time slots.
 The AC97 specification can be found at :-
-http://www.intel.com/design/chipsets/audio/ac97_r23.pdf
+http://www.intel.com/p/en_US/business/design
 I2S
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt
index 1e95342ed72e..37ba3a72cb76 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ struct snd_soc_ops {
 };
 Please refer to the ALSA driver PCM documentation for details.
-http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/c436.htm
+http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/
 5 - DAPM description.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt
index b681d17fc388..06d835987c6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ struct snd_soc_platform {
 };
 Please refer to the ALSA driver documentation for details of audio DMA.
-http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/c436.htm
+http://www.alsa-project.org/~iwai/writing-an-alsa-driver/
 An example DMA driver is soc/pxa/pxa2xx-pcm.c
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
index fd42b05b2f55..c615debbf08d 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ with OSS API.
 Packages "snd-util-3.8.tar.gz" and "snd-data-0.1.tar.Z"
 contain useful utilities to be used with this driver.
-See http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/getting.html for
+See http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/ for
 download instructions.
 If you are looking for the installation instructions, please
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ of this driver (see http://www.4Front-tech.com/oss.html for more info).
 There are some common audio chipsets that are not supported yet. For example
 Sierra Aria and IBM Mwave. It's possible that these architectures
 get some support in future but I can't make any promises. Just look
-at the home page (http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/new_cards.html)
+at the home page (http://www.opensound.com/ossfree/)
 for latest info.
 Information about unsupported sound cards and chipsets is welcome as well
@@ -1449,7 +1449,6 @@ If you have any corrections and/or comments, please contact me.
 Hannu Savolainen
 hannu@opensound.com
-Personal home page:        http://www.compusonic.fi/~hannu
 home page of OSS/Free: http://www.opensound.com/ossfree
 home page of commercial OSS
diff --git a/Documentation/sparse.txt b/Documentation/sparse.txt
index 9b659c79a547..4909d4116356 100644
--- a/Documentation/sparse.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sparse.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Copyright 2004 Linus Torvalds
-Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
 Copyright 2006 Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
 Using sparse for typechecking
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
index 5fdbb612aeb8..82b2da18c45d 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ controlled by this knob are discussed in Documentation/laptops/laptop-mode.txt.
 legacy_va_layout
-If non-zero, this sysctl disables the new 32-bit mmap mmap layout - the kernel
+If non-zero, this sysctl disables the new 32-bit mmap layout - the kernel
 will use the legacy (2.4) layout for all processes.
 ==============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
index 44d124005bad..4fb314d51702 100644
--- a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
+++ b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
@@ -108,14 +108,9 @@ applications.
 1.4  Where to get things
-You can download the latest versions of the driver from:
+Info on latest versions of the driver are here:
-http://www.quicknet.net/develop.htm
-You can download the latest version of this document from:
-http://www.quicknet.net/develop.htm
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net/develop.htm
 1.5  Mailing List
diff --git a/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c9ef29d2ede3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+delays - Information on the various kernel delay / sleep mechanisms
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+This document seeks to answer the common question: "What is the
+RightWay (TM) to insert a delay?"
+This question is most often faced by driver writers who have to
+deal with hardware delays and who may not be the most intimately
+familiar with the inner workings of the Linux Kernel.
+Inserting Delays
+----------------
+The first, and most important, question you need to ask is "Is my
+code in an atomic context?"  This should be followed closely by "Does
+it really need to delay in atomic context?" If so...
+ATOMIC CONTEXT:
+        You must use the *delay family of functions. These
+        functions use the jiffie estimation of clock speed
+        and will busy wait for enough loop cycles to achieve
+        the desired delay:
+        ndelay(unsigned long nsecs)
+        udelay(unsigned long usecs)
+        mdelay(unsgined long msecs)
+        udelay is the generally preferred API; ndelay-level
+        precision may not actually exist on many non-PC devices.
+        mdelay is macro wrapper around udelay, to account for
+        possible overflow when passing large arguments to udelay.
+        In general, use of mdelay is discouraged and code should
+        be refactored to allow for the use of msleep.
+NON-ATOMIC CONTEXT:
+        You should use the *sleep[_range] family of functions.
+        There are a few more options here, while any of them may
+        work correctly, using the "right" sleep function will
+        help the scheduler, power management, and just make your
+        driver better :)
+        -- Backed by busy-wait loop:
+                udelay(unsigned long usecs)
+        -- Backed by hrtimers:
+                usleep_range(unsigned long min, unsigned long max)
+        -- Backed by jiffies / legacy_timers
+                msleep(unsigned long msecs)
+                msleep_interruptible(unsigned long msecs)
+        Unlike the *delay family, the underlying mechanism
+        driving each of these calls varies, thus there are
+        quirks you should be aware of.
+        SLEEPING FOR "A FEW" USECS ( < ~10us? ):
+                * Use udelay
+                - Why not usleep?
+                        On slower systems, (embedded, OR perhaps a speed-
+                        stepped PC!) the overhead of setting up the hrtimers
+                        for usleep *may* not be worth it. Such an evaluation
+                        will obviously depend on your specific situation, but
+                        it is something to be aware of.
+        SLEEPING FOR ~USECS OR SMALL MSECS ( 10us - 20ms):
+                * Use usleep_range
+                - Why not msleep for (1ms - 20ms)?
+                        Explained originally here:
+                                http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/8/3/250
+                        msleep(1~20) may not do what the caller intends, and
+                        will often sleep longer (~20 ms actual sleep for any
+                        value given in the 1~20ms range). In many cases this
+                        is not the desired behavior.
+                - Why is there no "usleep" / What is a good range?
+                        Since usleep_range is built on top of hrtimers, the
+                        wakeup will be very precise (ish), thus a simple
+                        usleep function would likely introduce a large number
+                        of undesired interrupts.
+                        With the introduction of a range, the scheduler is
+                        free to coalesce your wakeup with any other wakeup
+                        that may have happened for other reasons, or at the
+                        worst case, fire an interrupt for your upper bound.
+                        The larger a range you supply, the greater a chance
+                        that you will not trigger an interrupt; this should
+                        be balanced with what is an acceptable upper bound on
+                        delay / performance for your specific code path. Exact
+                        tolerances here are very situation specific, thus it
+                        is left to the caller to determine a reasonable range.
+        SLEEPING FOR LARGER MSECS ( 10ms+ )
+                * Use msleep or possibly msleep_interruptible
+                - What's the difference?
+                        msleep sets the current task to TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE
+                        whereas msleep_interruptible sets the current task to
+                        TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE before scheduling the sleep. In
+                        short, the difference is whether the sleep can be ended
+                        early by a signal. In general, just use msleep unless
+                        you know you have a need for the interruptible variant.
diff --git a/Documentation/tomoyo.txt b/Documentation/tomoyo.txt
index b3a232cae7f8..200a2d37cbc8 100644
--- a/Documentation/tomoyo.txt
+++ b/Documentation/tomoyo.txt
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 TOMOYO is a name-based MAC extension (LSM module) for the Linux kernel.
 LiveCD-based tutorials are available at
-http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/1st-step/ubuntu8.04-live/
+http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/1.7/1st-step/ubuntu10.04-live/
-http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/1st-step/centos5-live/ .
+http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/1.7/1st-step/centos5-live/ .
 Though these tutorials use non-LSM version of TOMOYO, they are useful for you
 to know what TOMOYO is.
@@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ to know what TOMOYO is.
 Build the kernel with CONFIG_SECURITY_TOMOYO=y and pass "security=tomoyo" on
 kernel's command line.
-Please see http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/2.2.x/ for details.
+Please see http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/2.3/ for details.
 --- Where is documentation? ---
 User <-> Kernel interface documentation is available at
-http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/2.2.x/policy-reference.html .
+http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/2.3/policy-reference.html .
 Materials we prepared for seminars and symposiums are available at
 http://sourceforge.jp/projects/tomoyo/docs/?category_id=532&language_id=1 .
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ multiple LSM modules at the same time. We feel sorry that you have to give up
 SELinux/SMACK/AppArmor etc. when you want to use TOMOYO.
 We hope that LSM becomes stackable in future. Meanwhile, you can use non-LSM
-version of TOMOYO, available at http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/en/1.6.x/ .
+version of TOMOYO, available at http://tomoyo.sourceforge.jp/1.7/ .
 LSM version of TOMOYO is a subset of non-LSM version of TOMOYO. We are planning
 to port non-LSM version's functionalities to LSM versions.
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
index f1f81afee8a0..dc52bd442c92 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ Note that this focuses on architecture implementation details only.  If you
 want more explanation of a feature in terms of common code, review the common
 ftrace.txt file.
+Ideally, everyone who wishes to retain performance while supporting tracing in
+their kernel should make it all the way to dynamic ftrace support.
 Prerequisites
 -------------
@@ -215,7 +218,7 @@ An arch may pass in a unique value (frame pointer) to both the entering and
 exiting of a function.  On exit, the value is compared and if it does not
 match, then it will panic the kernel.  This is largely a sanity check for bad
 code generation with gcc.  If gcc for your port sanely updates the frame
-pointer under different opitmization levels, then ignore this option.
+pointer under different optimization levels, then ignore this option.
 However, adding support for it isn't terribly difficult.  In your assembly code
 that calls prepare_ftrace_return(), pass the frame pointer as the 3rd argument.
@@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ If you can't trace NMI functions, then skip this option.
 HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS
---------------------
+------------------------
 You need very few things to get the syscalls tracing in an arch.
@@ -250,12 +253,152 @@ You need very few things to get the syscalls tracing in an arch.
 HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD
 -------------------------
-See scripts/recordmcount.pl for more info.
+See scripts/recordmcount.pl for more info.  Just fill in the arch-specific
+details for how to locate the addresses of mcount call sites via objdump.
+This option doesn't make much sense without also implementing dynamic ftrace.
+HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE
+-------------------
+You will first need HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD and HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACER, so
+scroll your reader back up if you got over eager.
+Once those are out of the way, you will need to implement:
+        - asm/ftrace.h:
+                - MCOUNT_ADDR
+                - ftrace_call_adjust()
+                - struct dyn_arch_ftrace{}
+        - asm code:
+                - mcount() (new stub)
+                - ftrace_caller()
+                - ftrace_call()
+                - ftrace_stub()
+        - C code:
+                - ftrace_dyn_arch_init()
+                - ftrace_make_nop()
+                - ftrace_make_call()
+                - ftrace_update_ftrace_func()
+First you will need to fill out some arch details in your asm/ftrace.h.
+Define MCOUNT_ADDR as the address of your mcount symbol similar to:
+        #define MCOUNT_ADDR ((unsigned long)mcount)
+Since no one else will have a decl for that function, you will need to:
+        extern void mcount(void);
+You will also need the helper function ftrace_call_adjust().  Most people
+will be able to stub it out like so:
+        static inline unsigned long ftrace_call_adjust(unsigned long addr)
+        {
+                return addr;
+        }
 <details to be filled>
+Lastly you will need the custom dyn_arch_ftrace structure.  If you need
+some extra state when runtime patching arbitrary call sites, this is the
+place.  For now though, create an empty struct:
+        struct dyn_arch_ftrace {
+                /* No extra data needed */
+        };
+With the header out of the way, we can fill out the assembly code.  While we
+did already create a mcount() function earlier, dynamic ftrace only wants a
+stub function.  This is because the mcount() will only be used during boot
+and then all references to it will be patched out never to return.  Instead,
+the guts of the old mcount() will be used to create a new ftrace_caller()
+function.  Because the two are hard to merge, it will most likely be a lot
+easier to have two separate definitions split up by #ifdefs.  Same goes for
+the ftrace_stub() as that will now be inlined in ftrace_caller().
+Before we get confused anymore, let's check out some pseudo code so you can
+implement your own stuff in assembly:
-HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE
+void mcount(void)
---------------------
+{
+        return;
+}
+void ftrace_caller(void)
+{
+        /* implement HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACE_MCOUNT_TEST if you desire */
+        /* save all state needed by the ABI (see paragraph above) */
+        unsigned long frompc = ...;
+        unsigned long selfpc = <return address> - MCOUNT_INSN_SIZE;
+ftrace_call:
+        ftrace_stub(frompc, selfpc);
+        /* restore all state needed by the ABI */
+ftrace_stub:
+        return;
+}
+This might look a little odd at first, but keep in mind that we will be runtime
+patching multiple things.  First, only functions that we actually want to trace
+will be patched to call ftrace_caller().  Second, since we only have one tracer
+active at a time, we will patch the ftrace_caller() function itself to call the
+specific tracer in question.  That is the point of the ftrace_call label.
+With that in mind, let's move on to the C code that will actually be doing the
+runtime patching.  You'll need a little knowledge of your arch's opcodes in
+order to make it through the next section.
+Every arch has an init callback function.  If you need to do something early on
+to initialize some state, this is the time to do that.  Otherwise, this simple
+function below should be sufficient for most people:
+int __init ftrace_dyn_arch_init(void *data)
+{
+        /* return value is done indirectly via data */
+        *(unsigned long *)data = 0;
+        return 0;
+}
+There are two functions that are used to do runtime patching of arbitrary
+functions.  The first is used to turn the mcount call site into a nop (which
+is what helps us retain runtime performance when not tracing).  The second is
+used to turn the mcount call site into a call to an arbitrary location (but
+typically that is ftracer_caller()).  See the general function definition in
+linux/ftrace.h for the functions:
+        ftrace_make_nop()
+        ftrace_make_call()
+The rec->ip value is the address of the mcount call site that was collected
+by the scripts/recordmcount.pl during build time.
+The last function is used to do runtime patching of the active tracer.  This
+will be modifying the assembly code at the location of the ftrace_call symbol
+inside of the ftrace_caller() function.  So you should have sufficient padding
+at that location to support the new function calls you'll be inserting.  Some
+people will be using a "call" type instruction while others will be using a
+"branch" type instruction.  Specifically, the function is:
+        ftrace_update_ftrace_func()
+HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE + HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER
+------------------------------------------------
+The function grapher needs a few tweaks in order to work with dynamic ftrace.
+Basically, you will need to:
+        - update:
+                - ftrace_caller()
+                - ftrace_graph_call()
+                - ftrace_graph_caller()
+        - implement:
+                - ftrace_enable_ftrace_graph_caller()
+                - ftrace_disable_ftrace_graph_caller()
 <details to be filled>
+Quick notes:
+        - add a nop stub after the ftrace_call location named ftrace_graph_call;
+          stub needs to be large enough to support a call to ftrace_graph_caller()
+        - update ftrace_graph_caller() to work with being called by the new
+          ftrace_caller() since some semantics may have changed
+        - ftrace_enable_ftrace_graph_caller() will runtime patch the
+          ftrace_graph_call location with a call to ftrace_graph_caller()
+        - ftrace_disable_ftrace_graph_caller() will runtime patch the
+          ftrace_graph_call location with nops
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6308735e58ca..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/trace/kmemtrace.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-                        kmemtrace - Kernel Memory Tracer
-                          by Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu
-                             <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
-I. Introduction
-===============
-kmemtrace helps kernel developers figure out two things:
-1) how different allocators (SLAB, SLUB etc.) perform
-2) how kernel code allocates memory and how much
-To do this, we trace every allocation and export information to the userspace
-through the relay interface. We export things such as the number of requested
-bytes, the number of bytes actually allocated (i.e. including internal
-fragmentation), whether this is a slab allocation or a plain kmalloc() and so
-on.
-The actual analysis is performed by a userspace tool (see section III for
-details on where to get it from). It logs the data exported by the kernel,
-processes it and (as of writing this) can provide the following information:
- the total amount of memory allocated and fragmentation per call-site
- the amount of memory allocated and fragmentation per allocation
- total memory allocated and fragmentation in the collected dataset
- number of cross-CPU allocation and frees (makes sense in NUMA environments)
-Moreover, it can potentially find inconsistent and erroneous behavior in
-kernel code, such as using slab free functions on kmalloc'ed memory or
-allocating less memory than requested (but not truly failed allocations).
-kmemtrace also makes provisions for tracing on some arch and analysing the
-data on another.
-II. Design and goals
-====================
-kmemtrace was designed to handle rather large amounts of data. Thus, it uses
-the relay interface to export whatever is logged to userspace, which then
-stores it. Analysis and reporting is done asynchronously, that is, after the
-data is collected and stored. By design, it allows one to log and analyse
-on different machines and different arches.
-As of writing this, the ABI is not considered stable, though it might not
-change much. However, no guarantees are made about compatibility yet. When
-deemed stable, the ABI should still allow easy extension while maintaining
-backward compatibility. This is described further in Documentation/ABI.
-Summary of design goals:
-        - allow logging and analysis to be done across different machines
-        - be fast and anticipate usage in high-load environments (*)
-        - be reasonably extensible
-        - make it possible for GNU/Linux distributions to have kmemtrace
-        included in their repositories
-(*) - one of the reasons Pekka Enberg's original userspace data analysis
-    tool's code was rewritten from Perl to C (although this is more than a
-    simple conversion)
-III. Quick usage guide
-======================
-1) Get a kernel that supports kmemtrace and build it accordingly (i.e. enable
-CONFIG_KMEMTRACE).
-2) Get the userspace tool and build it:
-$ git clone git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git         # current repository
-$ cd kmemtrace-user/
-$ ./autogen.sh
-$ ./configure
-$ make
-3) Boot the kmemtrace-enabled kernel if you haven't, preferably in the
-'single' runlevel (so that relay buffers don't fill up easily), and run
-kmemtrace:
-# '$' does not mean user, but root here.
-$ mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
-$ mount -t proc none /proc
-$ cd path/to/kmemtrace-user/
-$ ./kmemtraced
-Wait a bit, then stop it with CTRL+C.
-$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/total_overruns        # Check if we didn't
-                                                        # overrun, should
-                                                        # be zero.
-$ (Optionally) [Run kmemtrace_check separately on each cpu[0-9]*.out file to
-                check its correctness]
-$ ./kmemtrace-report
-Now you should have a nice and short summary of how the allocator performs.
-IV. FAQ and known issues
-========================
-Q: 'cat /sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/total_overruns' is non-zero, how do I fix
-this? Should I worry?
-A: If it's non-zero, this affects kmemtrace's accuracy, depending on how
-large the number is. You can fix it by supplying a higher
-'kmemtrace.subbufs=N' kernel parameter.
---
-Q: kmemtrace_check reports errors, how do I fix this? Should I worry?
-A: This is a bug and should be reported. It can occur for a variety of
-reasons:
-        - possible bugs in relay code
-        - possible misuse of relay by kmemtrace
-        - timestamps being collected unorderly
-Or you may fix it yourself and send us a patch.
---
-Q: kmemtrace_report shows many errors, how do I fix this? Should I worry?
-A: This is a known issue and I'm working on it. These might be true errors
-in kernel code, which may have inconsistent behavior (e.g. allocating memory
-with kmem_cache_alloc() and freeing it with kfree()). Pekka Enberg pointed
-out this behavior may work with SLAB, but may fail with other allocators.
-It may also be due to lack of tracing in some unusual allocator functions.
-We don't want bug reports regarding this issue yet.
---
-V. See also
-===========
-Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
-Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
index ec94748ae65b..5f77d94598dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Synopsis of kprobe_events
  +|-offs(FETCHARG) : Fetch memory at FETCHARG +|- offs address.(**)
  NAME=FETCHARG : Set NAME as the argument name of FETCHARG.
  FETCHARG:TYPE : Set TYPE as the type of FETCHARG. Currently, basic types
-                  (u8/u16/u32/u64/s8/s16/s32/s64) are supported.
+                  (u8/u16/u32/u64/s8/s16/s32/s64) and string are supported.
  (*) only for return probe.
  (**) this is useful for fetching a field of data structures.
diff --git a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
index 628013f944c4..9b7e1904db1c 100644
--- a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
@@ -8,62 +8,6 @@
  Table of Contents
  1. Introduction
     1.1 How is User Mode Linux Different?
@@ -277,8 +221,7 @@
  1. Download the latest UML patch from
-     the download page <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/dl-
+     the download page <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/
-     sf.html>
     In this example, the file is uml-patch-2.4.0-prerelease.bz2.
@@ -438,7 +381,7 @@
  as modules, especially filesystems and network protocols and filters,
  so most symbols which need to be exported probably already are.
  However, if you do find symbols that need exporting, let  us
-  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/contacts.html>  know, and
+  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/>  know, and
  they'll be "taken care of".
@@ -498,8 +441,8 @@
  You will need a filesystem to boot UML from.  There are a number
  available for download from  here  <http://user-mode-
-  linux.sourceforge.net/dl-sf.html> .  There are also  several tools
+  linux.sourceforge.net/> .  There are also  several tools
-  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/fs_making.html>  which can be
+  <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/>  which can be
  used to generate UML-compatible filesystem images from media.
  The kernel will boot up and present you with a login prompt.
@@ -1236,7 +1179,7 @@
  Harald's original README is here <http://user-mode-linux.source-
-  forge.net/text/mcast.txt>  and explains these in detail, as well as
+  forge.net/>  and explains these in detail, as well as
  some other issues.
@@ -1311,7 +1254,7 @@
  kernel.
  These were pointed out by Tim Robinson <timro at trkr dot net> in
-  <http://www.geocrawler.com/lists/3/SourceForge/597/0/> name="this uml-
+  <http://www.geocrawler.com/> name="this uml-
  user post"> .
@@ -2038,7 +1981,7 @@
  uml_moo is installed with the UML deb and RPM.  If you didn't install
  UML from one of those packages, you can also get it from the UML
-  utilities <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/dl-sf.html#UML
+  utilities <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/
  utilities>  tar file in tools/moo.
@@ -4599,7 +4542,7 @@
  Michael Jennings <mikejen at hevanet.com>  sent in some material which
  is now gracing the top of the  index  page <http://user-mode-
-  linux.sourceforge.net/index.html>  of this site.
+  linux.sourceforge.net/>  of this site.
  SGI <http://www.sgi.com>  (and more specifically Ralf Baechle <ralf at
  uni-koblenz.de> ) gave me an account on oss.sgi.com
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/linux.inf b/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
index 2f7217d124ff..af71d87d9e94 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
+++ b/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 ;
 ; Microsoft only directly supports RNDIS drivers, and bundled them into XP.
 ; The Microsoft "Remote NDIS USB Driver Kit" is currently found at:
-;   http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/hwdev/resources/HWservices/rndis.mspx
+;   http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/device/network/ndis/rmndis.mspx
 [Version]
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
index e43cfffaa100..86302cd53ed3 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
@@ -54,10 +54,6 @@ generic functions like calibrations, resets, and vendor information can be
 requested from the userspace (And the drivers would handle the vendor specific
 tasks).
-ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/UPDATES/X CONFIGURATION EXAMPLE:
-http://groomlakelabs.com/grandamp/code/microtouch/
 TODO:
 Implement a control urb again to handle requests to and from the device
@@ -68,7 +64,7 @@ DISCLAIMER:
 I am not a MicroTouch/3M employee, nor have I ever been.  3M does not support 
 this driver!  If you want touch drivers only supported within X, please go to:
-http://www.3m.com/3MTouchSystems/downloads/
+http://www.3m.com/3MTouchSystems/
 THANKS:
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
index f4d214510259..5bd7926185e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ HandSpring Visor, Palm USB, and Clié USB driver
  parameters.  e.g. modprobe visor vendor=0x54c product=0x66
  
  There is a webpage and mailing lists for this portion of the driver at:
-  http://usbvisor.sourceforge.net/
+  http://sourceforge.net/projects/usbvisor/
  For any questions or problems with this driver, please contact Greg
  Kroah-Hartman at greg@kroah.com
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Keyspan USA-series Serial Adapters
    functionality.
  
  More information is available at:
-        http://misc.nu/hugh/keyspan.html
+        http://www.carnationsoftware.com/carnation/Keyspan.html
   
  For any questions or problems with this driver, please contact Hugh
  Blemings at hugh@misc.nu
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/API.html b/Documentation/video4linux/API.html
index d749d41f647b..d72fd2aa9158 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/API.html
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/API.html
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
   </tr>
   <tr>
    <td>
-     <a href="http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/video4linux/API/V4L2_API">V4L2 API</a>
+     <a href="http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/spec-single/v4l2.html">V4L2 API</a>
    </td>
    <td>Should be used for new projects
    </td>
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
index 16ca030e1185..87c46347bd63 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@
 16 -> DVBWorld DVB-S2 2005                                [0001:2005]
 17 -> NetUP Dual DVB-S2 CI                                [1b55:2a2c]
 18 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1270                             [0070:2211]
- 19 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1275                             [0070:2215]
+ 19 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1275                             [0070:2215,0070:221d,0070:22f2]
- 20 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255                             [0070:2251]
+ 20 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255                             [0070:2251,0070:2259,0070:22f1]
- 21 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1210                             [0070:2291,0070:2295]
+ 21 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1210                             [0070:2291,0070:2295,0070:2299,0070:229d,0070:22f0,0070:22f3,0070:22f4,0070:22f5]
 22 -> Mygica X8506 DMB-TH                                 [14f1:8651]
 23 -> Magic-Pro ProHDTV Extreme 2                         [14f1:8657]
 24 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1850                             [0070:8541]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
index 3a623aaeae5f..5c568757c301 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx
@@ -72,3 +72,4 @@
 73 -> Reddo DVB-C USB TV Box                   (em2870)
 74 -> Actionmaster/LinXcel/Digitus VC211A      (em2800)
 75 -> Dikom DK300                              (em2882)
+ 76 -> KWorld PlusTV 340U or UB435-Q (ATSC)     (em2870)        [1b80:a340]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
index 1387a69ae3aa..4000c29fcfb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
@@ -178,4 +178,5 @@
 177 -> Hawell HW-404M7
 178 -> Beholder BeholdTV H7                     [5ace:7190]
 179 -> Beholder BeholdTV A7                     [5ace:7090]
-180 -> Avermedia M733A                          [1461:4155,1461:4255]
+180 -> Avermedia PCI M733A                      [1461:4155,1461:4255]
+181 -> TechoTrend TT-budget T-3000              [13c2:2804]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner
index 9b2e0dd6017e..e67c1db96854 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner
@@ -82,3 +82,4 @@ tuner=81 - Partsnic (Daewoo) PTI-5NF05
 tuner=82 - Philips CU1216L
 tuner=83 - NXP TDA18271
 tuner=84 - Sony BTF-Pxn01Z
+tuner=85 - Philips FQ1236 MK5
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
index d230878e473e..8977e7ce4dab 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
@@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ The V4L2 API spec:
  http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/
 Some web pages about the quickcams:
-   http://www.dkfz-heidelberg.de/Macromol/wedemann/mini-HOWTO-cqcam.html
+   http://www.pingouin-land.com/howto/QuickCam-HOWTO.html
   http://www.crynwr.com/qcpc/            QuickCam Third-Party Drivers
   http://www.crynwr.com/qcpc/re.html     Some Reverse Engineering
-   http://cse.unl.edu/~cluening/gqcam/    v4l client
+   http://www.wirelesscouch.net/software/gqcam/   v4l client
   http://phobos.illtel.denver.co.us/pub/qcread/ doesn't use v4l
   ftp://ftp.cs.unm.edu/pub/chris/quickcam/   Has lots of drivers
   http://www.cs.duke.edu/~reynolds/quickcam/ Has lots of information
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia
index 19cd3bf24981..8a747fee661f 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ THANKS (in no particular order):
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 REFERENCES
-   1. http://www.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/people/ppregler
+   1. http://www.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/
      mailto:Peter_Pregler@email.com
   2. see the file COPYING in the top directory of the kernel tree
   3. http://webcam.sourceforge.net/
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
index 73df22c40bfe..42b06686eb78 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Hauppauge PVR-350.
 NOTE: this driver requires the latest encoder firmware (version 2.06.039, size
 376836 bytes). Get the firmware from here:
-http://dl.ivtvdriver.org/ivtv/firmware/firmware.tar.gz
+http://dl.ivtvdriver.org/ivtv/firmware/
 NOTE: 'normal' TV applications do not work with this driver, you need
 an application that can handle MPEG input such as mplayer, xine, MythTV,
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
index 0e89e7676298..00e3f9267814 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ and is used in Argentinia, Uruguay, an a few others
 We do not talk about how the audio is broadcast !
 A rather good sites about the TV standards are:
-http://www.sony.jp/ServiceArea/Voltage_map/
+http://www.sony.jp/support/
 http://info.electronicwerkstatt.de/bereiche/fernsehtechnik/frequenzen_und_normen/Fernsehnormen/
 and http://www.cabl.com/restaurant/channel.html
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ These extensions are known as the v4l/mjpeg extensions. See zoran.h for
 details (structs/ioctls).
 Information - video4linux:
-http://roadrunner.swansea.linux.org.uk/v4lapi.shtml
+http://linux.bytesex.org/v4l2/API.html
 Documentation/video4linux/API.html
 /usr/include/linux/videodev.h
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ BUZIOC_G_STATUS
 Get the status of the input lines (video source connected/norm).
 For programming example, please, look at lavrec.c and lavplay.c code in
-lavtools-1.2p2 package (URL: http://www.cicese.mx/~mirsev/DC10plus/)
+lavtools-1.2p2 package (URL: http://www.cicese.mx/)
 and the 'examples' directory in the original Buz driver distribution.
 Additional notes for software developers:
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards
index d3389655ad96..12217fc49725 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ Kworld (www.kworld.com.tw)
-JTT/ Justy Corp.http://www.justy.co.jp/ (www.jtt.com.jp website down)
+JTT/ Justy Corp.(http://www.jtt.ne.jp/)
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   JTT-02 (JTT TV) "TV watchmate pro" (bt848)
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ Eline www.eline-net.com/
   Eline Vision TVMaster / TVMaster FM (ELV-TVM/ ELV-TVM-FM) = LR26  (bt878)
   Eline Vision TVMaster-2000 (ELV-TVM-2000, ELV-TVM-2000-FM)= LR138 (saa713x)
-Spirit http://www.spiritmodems.com.au/
+Spirit 
 ------
   Spirit TV Tuner/Video Capture Card (bt848)
@@ -959,6 +959,6 @@ Asus www.asuscom.com
 Hoontech
 --------
-http://www.hoontech.com/korean/download/down_driver_list03.html
+http://www.hoontech.de/
   HART Vision 848 (H-ART Vision 848)
   HART Vision 878 (H-Art Vision 878)
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV
index 6c29ba43b6c6..9d112f7fd5f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ function makedev () {
        ln -s /dev/${1}0 /dev/$1
 }
-# see http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4lapi.shtml
+# see http://linux.bytesex.org/v4l2/API.html
 echo "*** new device names ***"
 makedev video 0
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs
index 79b9e576fe79..f32466cdae05 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 Philips         http://www.Semiconductors.COM/pip/
-Conexant        http://www.conexant.com/techinfo/default.asp
+Conexant        http://www.conexant.com/
-Micronas        http://www.micronas.de/pages/product_documentation/index.html
+Micronas        http://www.micronas.com/en/home/index.html
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
index faccee68f603..f4329a38878e 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc2817.pdf
 This data sheet (google search) seems to have a lovely description of the
 RC5 basics
-http://users.pandora.be/nenya/electronics/rc5/  and more data
+http://www.nenya.be/beor/electronics/rc5.htm  and more data
 http://www.ee.washington.edu/circuit_archive/text/ir_decode.txt
 and even a reference to how to decode a bi-phase data stream.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
index f13eb036c439..56ba7bba7168 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
@@ -29,8 +29,12 @@ zc3xx		041e:4029	Creative WebCam Vista Pro
 zc3xx           041e:4034       Creative Instant P0620
 zc3xx           041e:4035       Creative Instant P0620D
 zc3xx           041e:4036       Creative Live !
+sq930x          041e:4038       Creative Joy-IT
 zc3xx           041e:403a       Creative Nx Pro 2
 spca561         041e:403b       Creative Webcam Vista (VF0010)
+sq930x          041e:403c       Creative Live! Ultra
+sq930x          041e:403d       Creative Live! Ultra for Notebooks
+sq930x          041e:4041       Creative Live! Motion
 zc3xx           041e:4051       Creative Live!Cam Notebook Pro (VF0250)
 ov519           041e:4052       Creative Live! VISTA IM
 zc3xx           041e:4053       Creative Live!Cam Video IM
@@ -138,6 +142,7 @@ finepix		04cb:013d	Fujifilm FinePix unknown model
 finepix         04cb:013f       Fujifilm FinePix F420
 sunplus         04f1:1001       JVC GC A50
 spca561         04fc:0561       Flexcam 100
+spca1528        04fc:1528       Sunplus MD80 clone
 sunplus         04fc:500c       Sunplus CA500C
 sunplus         04fc:504a       Aiptek Mini PenCam 1.3
 sunplus         04fc:504b       Maxell MaxPocket LE 1.3
@@ -253,6 +258,7 @@ pac7302		093a:2620	Apollo AC-905
 pac7302         093a:2621       PAC731x
 pac7302         093a:2622       Genius Eye 312
 pac7302         093a:2624       PAC7302
+pac7302         093a:2625       Genius iSlim 310
 pac7302         093a:2626       Labtec 2200
 pac7302         093a:2628       Genius iLook 300
 pac7302         093a:2629       Genious iSlim 300
@@ -362,6 +368,8 @@ sq905c		2770:9052	Disney pix micro 2 (VGA)
 sq905c          2770:905c       All 11 known cameras with this ID
 sq905           2770:9120       All 24 known cameras with this ID
 sq905c          2770:913d       All 4 known cameras with this ID
+sq930x          2770:930b       Sweex Motion Tracking / I-Tec iCam Tracer
+sq930x          2770:930c       Trust WB-3500T / NSG Robbie 2.0
 spca500         2899:012c       Toptro Industrial
 ov519           8020:ef04       ov519
 spca508         8086:0110       Intel Easy PC Camera
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
index faccee68f603..a2fd363c40c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc2817.pdf
 This data sheet (google search) seems to have a lovely description of the
 RC5 basics
-http://users.pandora.be/nenya/electronics/rc5/  and more data
+http://www.nenya.be/beor/electronics/rc5.htm and more data
 http://www.ee.washington.edu/circuit_archive/text/ir_decode.txt
 and even a reference to how to decode a bi-phase data stream.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt
index 397a94eb77b8..a51055211e62 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/ibmcam.txt
@@ -27,9 +27,8 @@ SUPPORTED CAMERAS:
 Xirlink "C-It" camera, also known as "IBM PC Camera".
 The device uses proprietary ASIC (and compression method);
-it is manufactured by Xirlink. See http://www.xirlink.com/
+it is manufactured by Xirlink. See http://xirlinkwebcam.sourceforge.net, 
-(renamed to http://www.veo.com), http://www.ibmpccamera.com,
+http://www.ibmpccamera.com, or http://www.c-itnow.com/ for details and pictures.
-or http://www.c-itnow.com/ for details and pictures.
 This very chipset ("X Chip", as marked at the factory)
 is used in several other cameras, and they are supported
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt
index 7b9d1c960a10..bd6526ec8dd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/se401.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,6 @@ order to increase the throughput (and thus framerate).
 HELP:
 The latest info on this driver can be found at:
-http://www.chello.nl/~j.vreeken/se401/
+http://members.chello.nl/~j.vreeken/se401/
 And questions to me can be send to:
 pe1rxq@amsat.org
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt
index 78a651254b84..855024525fd2 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ where every two pixels take 4 bytes. In SDL (www.libsdl.org) this format
 is called VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422 (16 bpp).
 A minimal test application (with source) is available from:
-  http://hem.fyristorg.com/mogul/w9966.html
+  http://www.slackwaresupport.com/howtos/Webcam-HOWTO
 The slow framerate is due to missing DMA ECP read support in the
 parport drivers. I might add working EPP support later.
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
index 66e9358e2144..ccd951fa94ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
+++ b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ static void usage(void)
 #endif
 "            -l|--list                  Show page details in ranges\n"
 "            -L|--list-each             Show page details one by one\n"
-"            -N|--no-summary            Don't show summay info\n"
+"            -N|--no-summary            Don't show summary info\n"
 "            -X|--hwpoison              hwpoison pages\n"
 "            -x|--unpoison              unpoison pages\n"
 "            -h|--help                  Show this usage message\n"
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482 b/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482
index 299b91c7609f..56f8edace6ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482
+++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ Supported chips:
    Prefix: 'ds2482'
    Addresses scanned: None
    Datasheets:
-        http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-100-DS2482S-100.pdf
+        http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-100.pdf
-        http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-800-DS2482S-800.pdf
+        http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS2482-800.pdf
 Author: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1 b/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1
index 97f6199a7f39..38be1ad65532 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1
+++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Supported chips:
  * Freescale MX27, MX31 and probably other i.MX SoCs
    Datasheets:
        http://www.freescale.com/files/32bit/doc/data_sheet/MCIMX31.pdf?fpsp=1
-        http://www.freescale.com/files/dsp/MCIMX27.pdf?fpsp=1
+        http://cache.freescale.com/files/dsp/doc/archive/MCIMX27.pdf?fsrch=1&WT_TYPE=
+        Data%20Sheets&WT_VENDOR=FREESCALE&WT_FILE_FORMAT=pdf&WT_ASSET=Documentation
 Author: Originally based on Freescale code, prepared for mainline by
        Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq
index ca722e09b6a1..884dc284b215 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq
+++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Supported chips:
 A useful link about HDQ basics:
 ===============================
-http://focus.ti.com/lit/an/slua408/slua408.pdf
+http://focus.ti.com/lit/an/slua408a/slua408a.pdf
 Description:
 ============
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt
index 41c95cc1dc1f..17ddd822b456 100644
--- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt
@@ -125,6 +125,11 @@ ibmasr:
 nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started
        (default=kernel config parameter)
 -------------------------------------------------
+imx2_wdt:
+timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds (default 60 s)
+nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started
+        (default=kernel config parameter)
+-------------------------------------------------
 indydog:
 nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started
        (default=kernel config parameter)
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt
index feb37e177010..cf5437deda81 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Offset	Proto	Name		Meaning
 080/010 ALL     hd0_info        hd0 disk parameter, OBSOLETE!!
 090/010 ALL     hd1_info        hd1 disk parameter, OBSOLETE!!
 0A0/010 ALL     sys_desc_table  System description table (struct sys_desc_table)
+0B0/010 ALL     olpc_ofw_header OLPC's OpenFirmware CIF and friends
 140/080 ALL     edid_info       Video mode setup (struct edid_info)
 1C0/020 ALL     efi_info        EFI 32 information (struct efi_info)
 1E0/004 ALL     alk_mem_k       Alternative mem check, in KB
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO
index 3d80e8af36ec..69160779e432 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Linux内核代码中包含有大量的文档。这些文档对于学习如何与
    其他关于如何正确地生成补丁的优秀文档包括：
    "The Perfect Patch"
-        http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+        http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
    "Linux kernel patch submission format"
        http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Linux内核代码中包含有大量的文档。这些文档对于学习如何与
 如果你想加入内核开发社区并协助完成一些任务，却找不到从哪里开始，可以访问
 “Linux内核房管员”计划：
-        http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+        http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
 这是极佳的起点。它提供一个相对简单的任务列表，列出内核代码中需要被重新
 整理或者改正的地方。通过和负责这个计划的开发者们一同工作，你会学到将补丁
 集成进内核的基本原理。如果还没有决定下一步要做什么的话，你还可能会得到方
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ Linux内核社区并不喜欢一下接收大段的代码。修改需要被恰当
 想了解它具体应该看起来像什么，请查阅以下文档中的“ChangeLog”章节：
  “The Perfect Patch”
-      http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
+         http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
 这些事情有时候做起来很难。要在任何方面都做到完美可能需要好几年时间。这是
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Linux内核社区并不喜欢一下接收大段的代码。修改需要被恰当
 ---------------
 感谢Paolo Ciarrocchi允许“开发流程”部分基于他所写的文章
-(http://linux.tar.bz/articles/2.6-development_process)，感谢Randy
+(http://www.kerneltravel.net/newbie/2.6-development_process)，感谢Randy
 Dunlap和Gerrit Huizenga完善了应该说和不该说的列表。感谢Pat Mochel, Hanna
 Linder, Randy Dunlap, Kay Sievers, Vojtech Pavlik, Jan Kara, Josh Boyer,
 Kees Cook, Andrew Morton, Andi Kleen, Vadim Lobanov, Jesper Juhl, Adrian
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers
index 5f4815c63ec7..c27b0f6cdd39 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers
@@ -165,4 +165,4 @@ Linux USB项目：
        http://www.fenrus.org/how-to-not-write-a-device-driver-paper.pdf
 内核清洁工 (Kernel Janitor):
-        http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
+        http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
index 985c92e20b73..9a1a6e1ed09e 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Quilt:
 http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt
 Andrew Morton 的补丁脚本:
-http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/
+http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/patch-scripts.tar.gz
 作为这些脚本的替代，quilt 是值得推荐的补丁管理工具(看上面的链接)。
 2)描述你的改动。
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ MAITAINERS 文件里的）发送一个手册页（man-pages）补丁，或者至
  人拷贝，只要它是琐碎的）
  任何文件的作者/维护者对该文件的改动（例如 patch monkey 在重传模式下）
-URL: <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/bunk/trivial/>
+EMAIL: trivial@kernel.org
 (译注，关于“琐碎补丁”的一些说明：因为原文的这一部分写得比较简单，所以不得不
 违例写一下译注。"trivial"这个英文单词的本意是“琐碎的，不重要的。”但是在这里
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Static inline 函数相比宏来说，是好得多的选择。Static inline 函�
 ----------------
 Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp).
-  <http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt>
+  <http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt>
 Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
  <http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt
index 75992a603ae3..cc144e581515 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Documentation/sparse.txt 的中文翻译
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright 2004 Linus Torvalds
-Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
+Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
 Copyright 2006 Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
 使用 sparse 工具做类型检查